【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提

共 16 集

剧集目录

集	标题	时长
P1	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	13:35
P3	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	17:20
P4	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	20:20
P5	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	14:13
P6	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	13:23
P7	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	10:44
P8	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	10:07
P9	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	11:09
P10	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	11:15
P11	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	13:33
P12	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	13:59
P13	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	13:43
P14	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	11:26
P15	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	13:08
P16	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	12:52
P17	【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提	18:13

P1 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p01 1. 1. 英语时态001：Grammar Test - 过去式 (P1)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p01 1. 1. 英语时态001：Grammar Test - 过去式 (P1)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 13:35

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:00	Well hey there, I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	嗨,我是英国的艾玛!
0:04	Today I've got a quiz for you, a narrative tenses quiz.	今天我给你准备了个测验叙事语气测验
0:09	It's going to test your ability to use all of the past tenses in English.	这会考验你用英语使用所有过去时态的能力.
0:14	That's right, all of them!	没错,所有的人!
0:17	Now I'm not going to lie, this quiz will really push your limits	现在我不会撒谎了,这次测验会打爆你的极限
0:21	but practising all of these tenses all at once is going to help you	但一次练练这些紧张的动作会帮助你
0:25	to better understand how they fit together and how they get used together	* 更好地了解它们如何组合在一起,如何一起使用
0:31	and that's going to help you to become a better English speaker	这会帮助你成为一个更好的英语演讲者
0:35	especially when it comes to talking about past events and experiences	特别是谈论过去的事件和经验
0:40	and telling stories.	讲故事

展开字幕全文（159 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Well hey there, I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	嗨,我是英国的艾玛!
2	Today I've got a quiz for you, a narrative tenses quiz.	今天我给你准备了个测验叙事语气测验
3	It's going to test your ability to use all of the past tenses in English.	这会考验你用英语使用所有过去时态的能力.
4	That's right, all of them!	没错,所有的人!
5	Now I'm not going to lie, this quiz will really push your limits	现在我不会撒谎了,这次测验会打爆你的极限
6	but practising all of these tenses all at once is going to help you	但一次练练这些紧张的动作会帮助你
7	to better understand how they fit together and how they get used together	* 更好地了解它们如何组合在一起,如何一起使用
8	and that's going to help you to become a better English speaker	这会帮助你成为一个更好的英语演讲者
9	especially when it comes to talking about past events and experiences	特别是谈论过去的事件和经验
10	and telling stories.	讲故事
11	So here on the mmmEnglish channel, we've been talking a lot about	在英语频道上我们经常谈论
12	storytelling and about narrative tenses lately.	讲故事和关于叙事紧张最近。
13	I've shared some really great grammar lessons to help you understand	我分享了一些非常棒的语法课来帮助你理解
14	and to practise some of the more complex parts of the English language.	并练习英语中一些比较复杂的部分。
15	This quiz, this challenge today is going to test your understanding of past tenses,	这次测验今天的挑战将考验你对过去紧张状态的理解
16	past perfect, past continuous, even past simple	过去完美,过去连续,甚至过去简单
17	and I've added links down in the description to all of the grammar lessons that I've made	我把所有的语法课程都加入到描述中
18	that are going to help you to study and go deeper on some of the things	帮助你学习更深入一些东西
19	that we'll test today in this lesson.	今天我们在此课上测试
20	The cool thing about that is you'll get to find out what you're really comfortable	很酷的是,你会发现你真正舒适的东西
21	and confident with but we'll also work out what you need to work on a little more	有信心但我们也会想出你需要做的更多
22	or what you need to improve on.	或者你需要改进的东西。
23	So here's how today's quiz works.	今天的测验是这样的
24	I'm going to start off by telling you the verb that I need you to think about	我先告诉你我要你考虑的动词
25	and then you'll see a sentence appear on screen just like this.	然后,你会看到一个句子出现在屏幕上就像这样。
26	So the verb is write and I want you to put it into the past continuous tense.	所以动词是写着的,我要你把它放进过去的持续时态中.
27	You'll have a few seconds to write down your answer	你有几秒钟时间写下你的答案
28	before I read the correct one out loud.	在我大声读完正确的话之前
29	She was writing an email.	她在写邮件
30	So I know that was an easy one to get started but there are three practice rounds.	我知道这很容易开始但有三轮练习
31	Each one is going to focus on a different tense.	每个人将专注于不同的紧张状态。
32	The first will be the past continuous.	第一个将是过去的连续性。
33	The next, the past perfect simple and then the past perfect continuous	接下来,过去完美简单,然后过去完美连续
34	but the final round is longer and you'll need to think hard about	但最后一轮会更长你需要仔细考虑
35	how these tenses work together including the past simple tense.	包括过去的简单紧张状态
36	So you'll really get to put everything that we've been learning	┮痷穦ри┮厩狥「
37	over the last few weeks into practice.	在过去的几周里, 实践。
38	As always, if you have any questions, write them down in the comments below.	同往常一样,如果你有任何问题,请在下面的评论中写下。
39	If you have any example sentences you want me to check or you want feedback on,	如果你有任何例子句子你想让我检查或者你想反馈
40	drop them down there as well.	把它们也放下
41	I'll be down there giving comments and guidance and explanations as we need it.	我会在下面提供我们所需要的评论和指导与解释。
42	Alright, let's get started!	好了,我们开始吧!
43	Round one, past continuous.	第一回合,过去连续。
44	Drive.	开车
45	I was driving to work when it started to rain.	下雨时我开车去上班
46	Wait.	单单
47	They were waiting for the bus.	他们在等巴士
48	Do.	动手
49	What were you doing when you heard the news?	你听到消息时在做什么?
50	Watch.	看着
51	When the alarm went off, we were watching a movie.	警报响起时,我们在看电影
52	Eat.	食讫.
53	They were eating lunch when he arrived.	他来的时候他们正在吃午饭
54	Okay, round two.	好吧,第二轮。
55	We're talking about the past perfect simple.	我们说的是过去完美的简单。
56	Drive.	开车
57	The train wasn't running but luckily I had driven to work.	火车没开,幸好我开车去上班
58	Finish.	结束。
59	We had finished eating dinner by the time he finally arrived.	当他终于到来的时候我们吃完了晚餐
60	Not here.	不在这里。
61	So this is a negative sentence.	因此,这是一个负面的句子。
62	I was shocked when you told me you hadn't heard the news.	你跟我说你没听到这个消息我感到很震惊
63	Go.	开始吧
64	The alarm went off for a second time.	警报第二次响了
65	It had gone off earlier in the week.	这周早些时候就爆炸了
66	Eat.	食讫.
67	They had already eaten lunch when I arrived.	我到时他们已经吃午饭了
68	Round three.	第三轮.
69	This is the past perfect continuous.	这是过去完美的连续。
70	Drive.	开车
71	I had been driving behind Jim before the accident happened.	事故发生前我一直跟在吉姆后面
72	Wait.	单单
73	We had been waiting for a long time and the tram was still nowhere to be seen.	我们等了很久了电车仍然无处可见
74	Follow.	跟着
75	We had been following the news closely, listening for updates.	我们一直密切关注新闻,听取最新情况。
76	Go off.	滚开
77	The alarm had been going off all week before they finally fixed it.	在他们终于修好之前,警报响了整整一周。
78	Eat.	食讫.
79	They had been eating only salad for weeks and it showed.	他们只吃沙拉好几个星期了,结果显示出来了。
80	Right so before we start the final round, I want to find out which of the tenses	所以在最后一轮比赛开始之前我想找出哪一个紧张
81	we've practised so far has been the most challenging for you.	目前为止我们练习过对你来说是最有挑战性的
82	Let me know down in the comments which one was the trickiest.	让我在评论中知道哪个是最狡猾的。
83	I'll be able to share a link to that video in the description below.	我可以在下面的描述中分享一段视频的链接.
84	So these sentences will be a little longer and they'll all be connected together into a story.	因此,这些句子会稍微长一些,它们都会被连成一个故事.
85	So you'll need to work out which tense is the best one to use with the information that you have.	所以,你需要找出哪种紧张是最好的用你拥有的信息。
86	Now it may be possible to use more than one in some of these situations	现在,在其中一些情况下,可以使用不止一种
87	so don't stress too much but remember that you can use more than one in some of these situations.	所以不要太紧张,但要记住,在有些情况下你可以使用不止一种.
88	If you need a little bit more time to think, hit pause.	如果你需要多点时间思考暂停一下
89	There's no rush, you're in control.	不用急,你来控制
90	Pause, have a think, write it down before you keep going.	暂停,想想,在继续前写下来
91	Leave.	离开
92	When I left the house this morning, it was raining.	今早我离开家时下雨了
93	Poor.	贫道.
94	It was pouring with rain and the streets were flooded with water.	满是雨水,街道被水淹没。
95	Listen.	听着
96	I was listening to my favourite podcast.	我听了我最喜欢的播客。
97	Pay.	付钱
98	To pay attention.	专心听
99	And I was paying close attention to my feet.	我非常关注我的脚
100	Not want.	不是想要的,是没有
101	As I didn't want to slip in the rain.	因为我不想在雨中滑倒
102	Arrive.	来了
103	When I arrived at the tram stop, there must have been fifty people there.	当我到达有轨电车站时那里肯定有50个人
104	Wait.	单单
105	All of them were waiting for the tram.	他们都在等电车
106	Wait.	单单
107	One woman said she'd been waiting for over an hour.	一个女人说她等了一个多小时了
108	Notice.	注意了,长官
109	Then I noticed the street was full of cars.	然后我注意到这条街上满是车
110	Be.	来
111	The traffic was backed up as far as I could see.	据我所知,交通堵塞了
112	雨 Rain.
113	It had been raining all morning so the streets were very wet.	整个早上都在下雨所以街道都湿透了
114	Cause.	因为...
115	The traffic was backed up as far as I could see.	据我所知,交通堵塞了
116	All that rain had caused a car to slide through a red light	这些雨让一辆车滑过红灯
117	and into the oncoming traffic.	并进入即将到来的交通。
118	Call.	打电话
119	A man at the tram stop had already called the emergency services.	有轨电车站的一个人已经给紧急服务打电话了
120	Not arrive.	没到
121	But they hadn't arrived at the scene yet.	但他们还没有到达现场。
122	Help.	帮助。
123	A nurse, who had witnessed the accident, was helping the injured people.	一名目睹事故的护士正在帮助受伤的人。
124	Warn.	警告警告警告警告警告
125	The evening news from yesterday had warned of storms and wild weather.	昨天的晚间新闻曾警告过暴风雨和狂风天气.
126	Not stop.	没有停止。
127	But the warnings hadn't stopped people from driving in the storm.	但警告并没有阻止人们在风暴中驾车.
128	Treat.	治疗。
129	By the time the emergency services got to the scene,	当紧急服务到达现场时
130	the nurse had treated the injuries already.	护士已经治好了伤势
131	Exchange.	交换
132	And the drivers had exchanged insurance details.	司机们交换了保险细节
133	So what did you think?	你觉得怎么样?
134	Hopefully you enjoyed the challenge.	希望你喜欢挑战
135	The really cool thing is that you've been practising your grammar,	最酷的是你一直在练习你的语法
136	reminding yourself of these tenses as we went through this video	我们通过这段视频时提醒自己这些紧张的情绪
137	but you can also use this same quiz to practise your speaking skills	但你也可以用同样的测试来练习你的演讲技巧
138	because now you've got the answers, you can watch it again	因为现在你有答案了,你可以再看一次
139	but instead of thinking of the answers, say the sentence out loud	而不是想答案,大声说出来
140	because then you'll get to hear me say it and you'll be able to	因为那样你就能听到我说,你就能
141	and you'll get to compare how you're pronouncing each of these words	你会比较你是如何表达每个字的
142	and these expressions as we go.	和这些表达,我们走了。
143	Now there's probably a couple of answers that you're a little on the fence about.	现在可能有几个答案你有点在围栏上。
144	If you've watched any of the narrative tenses lessons that I've prepared	如果你看过我准备的叙事紧张的课
145	then you'll know that sometimes more than one answer is possible.	然后你就会知道有时不止一个答案是可能的
146	So I've talked a little bit more about this over on the English blog	所以我在英文博客上多说了些
147	so if you want to go a little deeper and try and understand a little bit more	所以,如果你想更深入一点尝试和理解一点点
148	then check out the link in the description or this one up here.	然后查查描述中的链接或者这个
149	So a great way to really lock in everything that you've been learning	所以,一个伟大的方法真正锁定的一切你一直在学习
150	through this lesson and through the grammar lessons on the channel	通过这一课和语言上的语法课
151	is to start writing your own story.	是开始写你自己的故事。
152	Now I'd love to hear about something that happened to you recently.	现在我想听听最近发生在你身上的事
153	Something funny, something annoying, something strange that you witnessed.	有趣的东西,烦人的东西, 奇怪的东西你目睹。
154	Whatever it is, tell me about it down in the comments.	不管是什么,在评论中告诉我
155	I'll be reading all of your wonderful stories with a cup of tea	我会用茶来读你所有精彩的故事
156	and giving you any tips and advice as I see that I need to.	并给你任何提示和忠告我认为我需要。
157	So thank you so much for watching.	所以,非常感谢你的观看。
158	Looking forward to seeing you in the next lesson.	期待在下一个课看到你。
159	Bye for now!	再见!

该视频共有字幕 159 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P3 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p03 2. 2. 英语时态002：条件句 (P3)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p03 2. 2. 英语时态002：条件句 (P3)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 17:20

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:00	Hey there I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	嘿,我是英国的艾玛!
0:03	Welcome to another English grammar lesson	欢迎来到另一个英语语法课
0:06	here at mmmEnglish!	这里的英语姆姆!
0:08	We're going to continue exploring conditionals	我们要继续探索条件
0:11	which are one of the most interesting and exciting	是最有趣和令人兴奋的
0:14	grammar structures in English.	英语的语法结构.
0:16	I think so.	我想是这样。
0:17	This video today is going to help you to expand	今天的录像会帮助你扩展
0:19	your understanding of the first and the second	你对第一次和第二次的理解
0:22	conditionals in English.	有条件的英语。

展开字幕全文（324 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hey there I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	嘿,我是英国的艾玛!
2	Welcome to another English grammar lesson	欢迎来到另一个英语语法课
3	here at mmmEnglish!	这里的英语姆姆!
4	We're going to continue exploring conditionals	我们要继续探索条件
5	which are one of the most interesting and exciting	是最有趣和令人兴奋的
6	grammar structures in English.	英语的语法结构.
7	I think so.	我想是这样。
8	This video today is going to help you to expand	今天的录像会帮助你扩展
9	your understanding of the first and the second	你对第一次和第二次的理解
10	conditionals in English.	有条件的英语。
11	I think you already know the basics, especially if	我想你已经知道基本知识了尤其是如果
12	you're a subscriber because you would have seen	你是订户,因为你会看到
13	all of my lessons about conditionals.	我所有关于条件的课
14	All of the links are in the description below.	所有链接见下文描述。
15	But today we're going to go a little deeper	但今天我们要更深入一点
16	on the first and the second conditional.	第一个和第二个条件。
17	I'm going to give you lots of examples to help you	我会给你很多例子来帮助你
18	understand when to use the first and when to use	了解何时使用第一个和何时使用
19	the second.	第二个
20	Plus I'll also be talking about how to use conditionals	再说了,我还会说如何使用条件
21	without if, which is pretty shocking I know because	没有,这是相当令人震惊我知道因为
22	if is the star of conditional sentences, you know?	如果是有条件句子的明星,你知道吗?
23	But actually you can use other words in place of if	但实际上你可以用其他词来代替如果
24	as well so I'm going to go through all of that	我也会经历这一切
25	right here during this lesson.	就在这上课的时候
26	Okay let's do a quick check together before we get started.	好吧,让我们一起做一个快速检查在我们开始之前。
27	You know there are five different types of conditional	你知道有五种不同的条件
28	sentences.	句号。
29	You know that the basic form of all of these sentences	你知道所有这些句子的基本形式
30	is the same, right?	一样,对不对?
31	We have an if clause and a main clause.	我们有一个条款和一个主要条款。
32	And the things that are different about these five types	以及这五种不同的东西
33	of conditional sentences relate to time	有条件判决与时间有关
34	and also to verb tense.	和动词紧张。
35	Now if you don't know any of these things,	现在如果你不知道这些东西
36	don't worry about it but I do recommend that you check out	不用担心,但我建议你退房
37	this lesson up here.	这个教训在这里。
38	It's an overview of conditional	这是有条件的概述
39	sentences.	句号。
40	It might help to jog your memory	这也许能帮你回想起来
41	and get you thinking correctly about conditional sentences	让你正确思考有条件的句子
42	before we get started here.	在开始之前
43	So I want you to tell me what's the difference between	所以,我要你告诉我有什么区别
44	the first conditional and the second conditional?	第一个条件和第二个条件?
45	So the best way to think about it is the first conditional	所以,最好的思考方式是第一个条件
46	is real.	这是真实的。
47	We use it to talk about things that are possible	我们用它来谈可能的事
48	in the future and there's a likely chance of it happening.	在未来,有可能发生
49	So to make the first conditional, it's simple.	所以,为了让第一个条件,很简单.
50	We use the present simple verb in our if clause	我们用现在的简单动词在我们的如果条款
51	and we use the future tense, will, in our main clause.	我们用未来的时态, 将在我们的主要条款。
52	So we use will along with a bare infinitive verb.	因此,我们将使用一个赤裸的无限动词。
53	If I miss the bus, I will take a taxi.	如果我错过了公交,我会坐出租车。
54	If they lose the game, they won't go to the finals.	如果他们输了比赛,他们不会参加决赛.
55	If you get too close to the flames, you'll get burned.	若离火焰太近即烧.
56	So notice that with all of these examples, these are real,	所以请注意,所有这些例子, 这些是真实的,
57	they are possible and they're likely to happen in the future.	它们是可能的, 并有可能在未来发生。
58	Now when we move to the second conditional,	现在,当我们搬到第二个条件,
59	we actually have to leave the real world,	我们必须离开现实世界
60	the actual world behind us	我们身后的世界
61	because although there is a possibility	因为虽然有可能
62	of the result happening, when we use the second conditional,	当我们使用第二个条件时
63	it tells us that the action is quite unlikely.	它告诉我们,这一行动不太可能。
64	So it's often called the unreal tense.	因此常被称为不真实的紧张.
65	So we use the second conditional to talk about	所以我们用第二个条件谈
66	imaginary situations in the present.	想象中的情况
67	So these are unreal situations.	因此,这些都是不真实的情况。
68	We also use it to talk about unlikely future outcomes as well.	我们还利用它来谈论未来不太可能的结果。
69	So it looks like if and the past simple in our if clause	因此,它看起来像是如果和过去简单在我们如果条款
70	and then would with the bare infinitive verb following	然后用赤裸的无穷动词
71	in our main clause.	我们的主要条款。
72	If I missed the bus, I would take a taxi.	如果我错过了公车,我会坐出租车。
73	If they lost the game, they wouldn't go to the finals.	如果他们输了比赛,就不会参加决赛.
74	If you got too close to the flames, you'd get burned.	如果你离火焰太近你会被烧死
75	Wait a second.	等一会
76	These examples look pretty similar to the first	这些例子看起来和第一个相似
77	conditional examples, right?	有条件的例子,对不对?
78	So with just a couple of little edits,	所以只要几本小剪辑
79	we have subtly changed these results to seem less likely.	我们巧妙地改变了这些结果,似乎不太可能。
80	Suddenly, we've got a set of hypothetical or imaginary	突然间,我们有了一套假设或想象
81	situations and their results but those results are unlikely	情况及其结果
82	to actually happen, right?	真实发生,对不对?
83	Such is the second conditional.	这是第二个条件。
84	Many ideas can be correctly expressed in English using	许多想法可以用英语正确表达
85	both the first and the second conditional sentence structure	第一和第二句条件结构
86	but each type of sentence changes the meaning noticeably	但每种类型的句子都明显地改变了意义
87	so you really need to be careful about which type of sentence	所以,你真的需要小心哪种类型的句子
88	structure you're using.	你用的结构。
89	You've got to carefully choose.	你得仔细选择
90	So let's look at a couple of examples to help you out.	让我们看看几个例子来帮助你。
91	So we've got if I miss the bus, I will take a taxi.	所以如果我错过了公交车我会坐出租车
92	If I missed the bus, I would take a taxi.	如果我错过了公车,我会坐出租车。
93	Now in the first example, this is real and possible.	现在,在第一个例子中,这是真实和可能的。
94	It's based on an actual situation.	以实境为本.
95	Just imagine that you are walking down the street	想象一下你在街上走着
96	quite quickly towards the bus stop because it's actually	很快地走向公交车站因为实际上
97	the exact time that the bus is supposed to arrive	公交车应该到达的确切时间
98	and there is a chance it's pulling up at the bus stop	巴士站可能停了车
99	right now.	现在
100	You're hoping that it's not because	你希望这不是因为
101	you're going to be late otherwise, right?	不然你会迟到的,对吧?
102	You still want to make it to work on time.	你还是想按时工作
103	But in your head as you're walking,	但是在你的脑海里,当你走,
104	you're coming up with a backup plan, right?	你要提出一个后备计划,对吧?
105	A plan B.	B计划
106	Here's what you're going to do.	现如是等.
107	If I miss the bus, I will take a taxi.	如果我错过了公交,我会坐出租车。
108	So this situation is based on a real life scenario, right?	所以这种情况是基于现实生活,对不对?
109	Something that is likely to happen.	有可能发生的事情
110	It's, there's a good chance that that bus has already	这辆公交车很可能已经
111	come to the bus stop and you're not there.	到车站来,你不在那里。
112	But the second example in the second conditional,	但第二个条件的第二个例子,
113	totally imaginary.	完全想象着
114	Maybe I've got no plans at all	也许我完全没打算
115	to take the bus.	搭公交车。
116	Maybe I don't even take the bus to work.	也许我甚至不坐公交车上班。
117	Or perhaps I'm extremely punctual.	或许我非常准时
118	I'm almost never late to the bus.	我几乎从不迟到巴士。
119	But for whatever reason, this thing, the outcome	但不管出于什么原因,这个东西,结果
120	is very unlikely to happen and we know that because	不太可能发生,我们知道,因为
121	we're using the second conditional.	我们用的是第二个条件
122	So you can see how powerful this decision is, right?	所以你可以看到这个决定有多强大对吧?
123	The grammar structure that you choose influences	您选择的语法结构
124	the meaning of your sentence.	你这句话的意义。
125	Let's do a few more examples together just to make sure	我们一起做几个例子,以确保
126	you've got it.	你已经有了它。
127	If I run out of butter, I'll just use oil.	如果黄油用光了我就用油
128	So again, imagine.	再说一次,想象一下
129	Imagine that you're baking	想象一下你在烘焙
130	and there isn't much butter left.	剩下的黄油不多了
131	You can't be bothered going to the shops so I've got a plan.	你不能被打扰去商店所以我有一个计划。
132	If I run out of butter, I know what I'm going to do	如果黄油用光了,我知道该怎么做
133	and this is a likely event, right?	这很可能是一件大事,对吧?
134	If I ran out of butter, I'd just use oil.	如果黄油用光了我就用油了
135	Now this is a hypothetical situation.	现在,这是一个假设的情况。
136	I'm not talking about	我不是在说
137	a specific baking event that's happening now.	正在发生的具体烘焙事件
138	I'm just talking about what I would hypothetically do	我只是在说假设我做什么
139	if this ever happened to me while I was baking.	如果我在烘焙时发生这种事
140	I could be giving advice to someone who's asking.	我可以给一个问话的人建议
141	If I ran out of butter, I'd just use oil.	如果黄油用光了我就用油了
142	You won't notice the difference.	你不会注意到的
143	If she finds a dog on the street, she'll adopt it.	如果她在街上找到一条狗,她会收养它.
144	She loves dogs, right?	她喜欢狗,对吧?
145	She has plans to adopt a dog.	她计划收养一只狗
146	In fact, she's looking for a dog and there are lots of	事实上,她正在寻找一只狗并且有很多
147	street dogs in her area.	她所在地区的街头狗。
148	So it's quite likely that if she finds a dog on the street	所以如果她在街上找到一条狗很有可能是
149	that doesn't have a home, it's quite likely that she'll adopt it.	很可能她会收养她
150	If she found a dog on the street, she'd adopt it.	如果她在街上找到一条狗她会收养它
151	So again, she loves dogs.	她又喜欢狗了
152	Perhaps there's actually	也许真的有
153	not many street dogs in her area which makes the outcome	没有多少街道狗在她的地区,结果
154	quite unlikely, right?	不太可能,对不对?
155	If she were taller, she would play basketball.	如果她更高,她会打篮球。
156	Okay so this is the second conditional, right?	好吧,这是第二个条件,对不对?
157	And she's imagining what she would do if she had been	她想象着她如果是
158	born taller but she wasn't, right?	生来比较高,但她不是,对不对?
159	She can't change her height so this situation has to be unreal.	她的身高不能改变,所以这种情况必须是不真实的.
160	So for that reason, be careful because we can't write	因此,小心点,因为我们不能写
161	a version of this in the first conditional.	第一个条件中的版本。
162	There isn't a likely chance or a likely outcome	没有可能的机会或结果
163	where this would happen, right?	这会发生在哪里,对不对?
164	She can't change the way that she is.	她不能改变她的方式。
165	However, we can make a couple of changes to make it possible.	然而,我们可以作出一些改变,使之成为可能。
166	We can say you know if we're talking about a child	我们可以说,你知道如果我们谈论一个孩子
167	who is still growing, then it's possible, right?	谁还在成长, 那么这是可能的,对不对?
168	But we might have to change the verb and say	但我们可能必须改变动词并说
169	if she grows taller, she will play basketball.	如果她长大了,她会打篮球。
170	It's really important to keep in mind that many ideas	记住很多想法是非常重要的
171	can be expressed in the first or the second conditional	可以用第一个或第二个条件表示
172	depending on whether they're real or imaginary	取决于它们是真实的还是想象的
173	but not all ideas can be expressed in both tenses, right?	但不是所有的想法都能用两种语气表达,对吧?
174	So be careful about that, real versus imaginary.	所以小心点,真实的和想象的
175	Hopefully you're starting to feel pretty good about the	希望你开始感觉很好
176	difference between the first and the second conditional, right?	第一个条件和第二个条件的区别,对吗?
177	But I've got one extra thing that I want you to keep in mind.	但我还有一件事想让你记住
178	So take a look at this sentence here.	看看这个句子
179	Is it a conditional sentence?	是有条件的吗?
180	It has two clauses.	它有两个条款。
181	It has a present tense verb in the first clause.	它在第一条中有目前紧张的动词.
182	It has will and the base verb in the main clause	它有意志和主语的动词
183	but it doesn't have the word if.	但它没有这个词,如果。
184	It actually doesn't matter.	这其实不重要。
185	This sentence is still a conditional sentence,	这句话还是有条件的
186	a first conditional sentence and there are a couple	第一个条件句子,还有一对夫妇
187	of very specific words that you can use to replace if	用于替换
188	in the first and also the second conditional sentence structure.	在第一个和第二个有条件的句子结构中。
189	It's still a conditional sentence but the word that you choose,	它仍然是一个有条件的句子但你选择的词,
190	of course, has the ability to change the meaning	当然,有改变意义的能力
191	of your sentence slightly.	略说一句
192	Unless it rains soon, the lake will dry up.	除非很快下雨,否则湖水会干涸.
193	Or if it rains soon, the lake won't dry up.	或雨不久,湖水不干.
194	Both of these sentences are okay, they're great	这两句话都没事,都很棒
195	but of course, the change affects the meaning of our sentence	当然,改变会影响我们句子的意义
196	slightly so we need to be aware of that.	一点点,所以我们需要知道这一点。
197	So you can definitely replace if with the word unless	所以,如果用这个词来代替,除非
198	but the meaning is slightly different.	但意思有点不同。
199	It means if not or except if.	意思是,如果不是的话,或者说,如果不是的话。
200	And you can use unless in the first and the second	你可以使用,除非在第一和第二
201	conditional sentence structure but it can't be used to talk about	有条件的句子结构,但不能用来谈论
202	past situations that can't be changed, right?	过去的情况是无法改变的,对吧?
203	So you can't use unless in the third conditional sentence	所以你不能使用,除非在第三个条件句
204	structure, for example.	例如,结构。
205	Check out some examples.	检查一些例子。
206	Unless she apologises, I will not forgive her.	除非她道歉我不会原谅她的
207	Unless it gets below zero degrees, the water won't freeze.	除非达到零度以下,否则水不会结冰.
208	Unless they fired me, I wouldn't leave the company.	除非他们解雇我我不会离开公司
209	Besides unless and if, we can also use as long as	此外,除非,如果,我们也可以使用,只要
210	which is really, really useful if you want to set a limit	如果您想要设定一个限制, 这真的非常有用
211	or a condition on the expression.	或表达条件。
212	So this is like saying if and only if the condition happens.	因此,这就像说,如果和只有当情况发生。
213	So if the condition doesn't happen, then the result is	如果病情没有发生,结果就是
214	not possible or it's not allowed.	无法或不允许。
215	As long as is usually used with the first conditional	只要通常使用第一个条件
216	because it's used when the result is expected.	因为它在预期结果时被使用.
217	As long as I get time off work, I'll come for a visit.	只要我有空上班,我就会来看你
218	As long as it's not too crowded, we'll stay for dinner.	只要不是太拥挤我们就留下来吃饭
219	As long as he finishes his homework,	只要他完成作业
220	he'll join you at the skate park.	他会在滑冰场加入你
221	Great work!	干得不错!
222	We're almost done.	我们快结束了。
223	We've got one more option	我们还有一个选择
224	to replace if with and that is using supposing	替换为或正在使用假设
225	or supposing that.	或者假设
226	So using supposing that helps the listener	所以,使用假设帮助听众
227	to imagine a situation so it's really similar to using if	想象一个情况所以它真的类似于使用
228	but just with a bit of extra command to really tell the	但只是有一点额外的命令真正告诉
229	listener that you want them to imagine, turn on their	听着,你想让他们想象, 打开他们的
230	imagination.	想象力。
231	Now it can be used in either the first or the	现在它可以用在第一个或者
232	second conditional but it's much more comfortable in the	第二条件,但更舒服一些
233	second conditional for sure because you're imagining right?	第二条条件确定是因为你想象的对吗?
234	Supposing I can change my flight, I'll come a few days earlier.	如果我能换班机我几天前就来
235	Supposing you got a huge Christmas bonus,	假如你有一个巨大的圣诞奖金,
236	would you go on a holiday?	你会去度假吗?
237	So conditionals can be quite cool really, you can tweak	所以条件可以相当酷真的,你可以微调
238	and you can change them to help add extra layers of meaning	您可以修改它们, 帮助添加更多层次的意义
239	in your sentence and the best way to become familiar with	在你的句子和了解最好的方法
240	conditional sentences is to start writing them and to start	有条件的句子是开始写和开始
241	experimenting with them.	实验他们。
242	And right now we're going to jump	现在我们要跳下去
243	into a really quick quiz to help you put what you learned	进入一个非常快速的测验帮助你把学到的东西
244	here today into action.	今天在这里采取行动。
245	So I'm going to give you a few different situations and you're	所以我会给你一些不同的情况而你
246	going to decide which conditional sentence is the best	将决定哪个有条件的句子是最好的
247	one for you to use.	一个给你用。
248	So I want you to write your answers down	我要你把答案写下来
249	in the comments below so that I can come down and I can check	在下面的评论中,这样我可以下来,我可以检查
250	them for you and if you're feeling up to it, try and	如果你愿意的话试试看
251	experiment a little with if.	试一下如果。
252	Perhaps you can use one of the	也许你可以使用其中之一
253	other words or expressions that we practised.	我们所实践的其他言语。
254	As long as, unless.	只要,除非这样。
255	Right so here's a situation.	情况是这样的
256	It's my friend's birthday next week.	下星期是我朋友的生日
257	I want to get her a present	我想给她买份礼物
258	and I always forget things like birthdays and she always gets	我总是忘记生日之类的事她总是得到
259	quite upset when I forget things.	当我忘记事情的时候相当难过
260	So in the quiz, I'd ask you to	所以,在测验中, 我会请你
261	pause the video just for a second to think about the situation	暂停录像片段,
262	but let's just do this one together.	但让我们一起来
263	So this situation is	所以现在的情况是
264	pretty real, right?	相当真实,对不对?
265	There's a birthday plan next week.	下周有个生日计划
266	It's coming up soon.	不久而兴.
267	I also know that there's a pretty high	我也知道有一个相当高的
268	chance I'll forget to buy a present because it's a really	我可能忘记买礼物了因为这是真的
269	bad habit of mine.	我的坏习惯。
270	You can't really say that this situation	这情况你可不能说
271	is hypothetical, can you?	假设,你能吗?
272	There's a high probability	有很高的概率
273	that it will happen.	这会发生。
274	So I think we need to use the first	所以,我认为我们需要使用第一个
275	conditional.	有条件。
276	So a good sentence would be	所以,一个好句子是
277	If I forget to buy my friend a birthday present, she will be upset.	如果我忘了给我的朋友买生日礼物她会很不高兴的
278	See?	看到没?
279	That wasn't so hard, was it?	没那么难吧?
280	Now it's your turn.	现在轮到你了
281	Situation one.	第一情况
282	You're dreaming about buying a new car.	你梦想着买辆新车
283	The car you want is expensive.	你要的车很贵
284	A promotion at work would help you	升职对你有好处
285	to be able to afford it.	能够承受它。
286	Nobody at work has talked about the possibility of a promotion.	没有人在工作谈论晋升的可能性。
287	You're just dreaming.	你只是在做梦
288	So pause the video and write your sentence.	所以暂停录像写下你的句子
289	Situation two.	第二情况
290	You're deciding what to cook for dinner.	你要决定做饭吃什么
291	Someone suggests making a spicy dish.	有人建议做个辣菜
292	You know that your child hates	你知道你的孩子讨厌
293	spicy food.	辣饭.
294	There's no possibility that your child is going to eat	你的孩子不可能吃东西
295	something spicy.	有点辣
296	Again, pause the video, write your sentence.	再次,暂停视频,写你的句子。
297	Situation three.	第三情况
298	A friend asked you to take care of their dog	有个朋友叫你照顾他们的狗
299	while they're on holidays.	他们在度假的时候
300	You would feel horrible if the dog ran away.	如果狗跑了你会觉得很恐怖的
301	You know that it probably won't happen but you ask your friend to imagine	你知道它可能不会发生但你要求你的朋友想象
302	that possibility anyway.	无论如何,这种可能性。
303	Situation four.	四号情况
304	You love coffee so much.	你非常喜欢咖啡
305	You imagine what would happen	你想象会发生什么
306	if you ran out of coffee.	如果你没咖啡了
307	Luckily, you know that would never actually happen.	幸运的是,你知道这永远不会发生。
308	Awesome work gang!	干得漂亮哥们儿
309	I'm so proud of you for sticking with me all the way	我为你一直坚持我感到骄傲
310	through to the end and for putting everything that you learned into	将你学到的一切投入到
311	practice right?	是吗?
312	It's the best way to make it stick and if this lesson was	这是最好的方法使它坚持如果这个教训是
313	really useful for you then share it with one of your friends who also needs	对你真的很有用,然后与你的一个朋友分享
314	to improve their English grammar.	来改善他们的英语语法。
315	I'm here to help right?	我是来帮忙的吧?
316	I've got new	иΤ穝
317	lessons here every week.	每周在这里上课
318	Make sure you subscribe, turn on notifications	确定您订阅, 打开通知
319	so that you know when there's a new English lesson here waiting for you	让你知道什么时候有新的英语课在这里等着你
320	and if you want to request a new English lesson from me, you are more than	如果你想要求我上新英语课,你不只是
321	welcome to.	欢迎光临。
322	Ask me down in the comments below and then maybe think about	在下面的评论中问我,然后也许考虑
323	coming and joining me here in this lesson.	来和我一起上课
324	I'll see you in there.	曰见那里.

该视频共有字幕 324 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P4 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p04 3. 3. 英语时态003：完善您的英语语法动词状态连续时态 (P4)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p04 3. 3. 英语时态003：完善您的英语语法动词状态连续时态 (P4)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 20:20

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Well hey there!	嘿,你好吗?
0:06	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish	我是英语的艾玛
0:10	and I'm so excited to be bringing you this lesson today.	我很高兴今天能给你这个课
0:13	It's a grammar point that is so often overlooked by English teachers	这是一个语法点经常被英语老师忽略
0:18	but one that's going to reveal some little-known secrets	但其中将揭示一些鲜为人知的秘密
0:22	about English verbs and these secrets are going to dramatically improve	关于英语动词和这些秘密将会大为改善
0:26	your English accuracy particularly when it comes to continuous	您的英语精度, 特别是连续
0:30	tenses.	紧张
0:32	We're talking about stative verbs and	我们谈论的是Stative动词和
0:35	usually stative verbs can't be used in continuous	通常静态动词不能连续使用

展开字幕全文（378 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Well hey there!	嘿,你好吗?
2	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish	我是英语的艾玛
3	and I'm so excited to be bringing you this lesson today.	我很高兴今天能给你这个课
4	It's a grammar point that is so often overlooked by English teachers	这是一个语法点经常被英语老师忽略
5	but one that's going to reveal some little-known secrets	但其中将揭示一些鲜为人知的秘密
6	about English verbs and these secrets are going to dramatically improve	关于英语动词和这些秘密将会大为改善
7	your English accuracy particularly when it comes to continuous	您的英语精度, 特别是连续
8	tenses.	紧张
9	We're talking about stative verbs and	我们谈论的是Stative动词和
10	usually stative verbs can't be used in continuous	通常静态动词不能连续使用
11	tenses though this is a common mistake for a	紧张,虽然这是一个常见的错误
12	lot of my students.	很多我的学生。
13	Now you might be thinking	现在你可能在想
14	stative verbs, surely they're not that common.	静态动词,肯定不是那么常见.
15	Surely there's just a few of them that I've got to worry about.	我当然要担心的只有几个
16	Well have I got news for you!	我有消息要告诉你!
17	Some of the most common English verbs	一些最常见的英语动词
18	are stative verbs.	是静态动词。
19	You use them every time that you speak in English	你每次说英语都用
20	so this lesson is really important.	所以这个课很重要
21	I want you to watch it all the way through	我要你一直看着它
22	and save it!	并拯救它,
23	So what on earth is a stative verb	那么,什么是地球上的固定动词
24	anyway?	无论如何?
25	Stative verbs are also called state verbs.	静态动词也被称为状态动词.
26	They express a state rather than an action	他们表达的是国家而不是行动
27	and they're often related to things like our thoughts and our opinions,	他们经常和我们的想法和观点有关
28	our senses, our feelings and emotions, possession and then a bunch of other	我们的感官,我们的感情和情感, 拥有,然后一堆其他
29	verbs that aren't really actions.	动词不是真正的动作.
30	Don't worry we'll take a closer look at	别担心,我们会仔细看看的
31	all of those different types of verbs in a minute.	一分钟后所有不同种类的动词
32	The most important thing that you need to know is that many of them	最重要的是,你需要知道,他们很多
33	are used only in the simple tenses.	仅用于简单的时态。
34	So that's the present simple, past simple,	这就是现在的简单,过去简单的,
35	present perfect simple, past perfect simple and the future simple.	现在的完美简单,过去完美简单,未来简单。
36	So that means you can't use stative verbs in which tenses?	也就是说,你不能用镇定动词来表达紧张情绪?
37	The present continuous,	目前的连续性,
38	the past continuous, the present perfect continuous,	过去,现在的完美持续,
39	the past perfect continuous and the future continuous.	过去完美连续,未来持续。
40	Now unlike many things in English grammar, this rule is a simple one to	现在与英语语法中的很多事情不同,这个规则很简单
41	remember.	记住
42	Stative verbs can only be used in	静态动词只能用于
43	simple tenses.	简单的紧张。
44	Now there are some exceptions, there's	现在有一些例外,有
45	always exceptions in English right?	总是例外的英语,对不对?
46	But I will talk about those in much more	但我会说更多
47	detail later in this lesson.	详细内容请见此课。
48	Hear, know,	听着,你知道,
49	have, like, measure.	有一样,量。
50	These are all examples of a stative verb.	以上都是一个静态动词的例子.
51	Now I said that stative verbs describe a state	现在,我说,Stative动词描述一种状态
52	but what does that really mean?	这到底是什么意思?
53	The verb hear	动词听到
54	requires no action from its subject.	要求其主体不采取行动。
55	Did you hear the sound?	你听到声音了吗?
56	When the alarm goes off, you're gonna hear it	警报响了,你会听到的
57	whether you choose to hear it or not right?	无论你是否选择听到它的权利?
58	Hearing is one of the five senses.	听是五觉之一.
59	It's not an action that we can choose to do.	这不是我们可以选择的动作。
60	Hear is a state verb but the verb listen is an action verb.	耳是状态动词,但动词听是一种动作动词.
61	Are you listening to me?	你在听我说话吗?
62	We get to choose whether or not we listen to someone or	我们可以选择我们是否听别人的话
63	something right?	是吗?
64	If you don't want to listen to the radio	如果你不想听广播
65	it's up to you, you can turn it off.	这取决于你, 你可以关闭它。
66	The same rule applies with the verbs	同样的规则适用于动词
67	see, watch and look.	看看着
68	See is a sense.	见是感性.
69	Watch and look	看着
70	are actions.	是行动。
71	So far so good?	目前还行吗?
72	Where things can get a little tricky is	事情会变得有点棘手
73	that some verbs have both an active and a stative	有些动词有主动和静态两种
74	meaning.	意义
75	The verb measure is a good example.	动词测量法是一个很好的例子.
76	We can say the table measures 60 centimetres	我们可以说桌子是60厘米
77	by 60 centimetres.	60厘米长。
78	So here measure is describing	所以这里的量度是描述
79	the quality of the table, it describes a fact.	表格的质量,它描述了一个事实。
80	So in this context, measure is a state.	因此,在这个背景下,衡量是一种状态。
81	I'm measuring the window to fit the	我测量的窗户适合
82	帘s.
83	Here measure is an action so I'm	这里的量度是一个动作所以我
84	carrying out the action of measuring for the curtains.	执行测量窗帘的动作。
85	There are more verbs that fit into the category and I'll share a few more of	还有更多的动词适合这个类别我会多分享一些
86	them with you as we go through this lesson	和他们一起度过这段课
87	but now that we've got those basics down, let's get	但是现在我们把基础都放下了,让我们开始
88	stuck into learning about stative verbs in context.	坚持学习上下文中的静态动词。
89	We can break stative verbs down into about five categories.	我们可以将静态动词细分为大约五类.
90	The first one is verbs of thought and opinion.	第一种是思想和意见的动词.
91	The best way to recognise and remember new words	认识和记住新词的最佳方法
92	is to learn them in context.	是在背景中学习它们。
93	Now there are two stative verbs in that sentence.	现在这句话中有两个固定动词.
94	Can you see them?	你能看见他们吗?
95	Recognise and remember.	认识和记住。
96	So they're both	所以他们都是
97	verbs of thought and opinion so they're both stative verbs.	思想和见解的动词,所以两者都是定式动词.
98	It's incorrect to say I'm recognising the man across the street.	我认得街对面的人是不对的
99	I'm not remembering your name.	我不记得你的名字了
100	Stative verbs	静态动词
101	need simple tenses.	需要简单的紧张。
102	We just say I recognise that man.	我们只是说我认得他
103	I don't remember your name.	我不记得你的名字了
104	Let's try another one.	我们再试试看
105	I agree.	и種
106	It can be hard to understand the difference between	可能很难理解
107	English tenses.	英国人
108	You have to know the rules inside out.	你必须知道内部的规则。
109	So which is the stative verb there?	哪个是静态动词?
110	Do you know?	你知道吗?
111	Agree.	赞同。
112	Understand.	明白吗?
113	And know.	则知之.
114	She agrees with me.	她同意我的观点。
115	Not she is agreeing with me.	不是她同意我的观点
116	We understand you.	我们理解你
117	Not we are understanding you.	我们不理解你。
118	You know him.	你认识他
119	Not you are knowing him.	你不认识他
120	There are lots more verbs that fit into the category of thought and opinion.	还有很多动词符合思想和意见的范畴.
121	Believe.	相信这一点。
122	Concern.	关心。
123	Disagree.	异见.
124	Doubt.	疑难疑惑.
125	Forget.	忘记。
126	Imagine.	试想一下
127	Realise.	实现。
128	Suppose.	假设。
129	These are all stative verbs.	这些都是静态动词.
130	Not a complete list but they're just some of the most	单子不全但他们是最棒的
131	common verbs of thought and opinion.	常见的思想和观点动词.
132	The second group of stative verbs are	第二组静态动词是:
133	verbs of the senses.	感应之动词.
134	Now we have five senses.	现在我们有五种感觉。
135	Do you know what	你知道吗?
136	they are?	是吗?
137	See with your eyes, hear with your ears,	用你的眼睛看, 用耳朵听,
138	touch with your fingers, taste with your mouth	用手指摸,用嘴尝
139	and smell with your nose.	以鼻闻之.
140	Verbs of the senses	感官动词
141	are stative verbs so we don't usually use them in the continuous tenses.	是静态动词所以我们通常不会在持续时态中使用它们
142	Notice that I said usually.	注意,我常说。
143	We don't usually use them in the continuous	我们通常不连续使用
144	tenses.	紧张
145	Now verbs of the senses are a little bit	现在感官的动词有点
146	special and that's because we can also use	特别的,那是因为我们也可以使用
147	them to talk about the act of tasting, smelling or feeling.	他们来谈论品尝、嗅觉或感觉的行为。
148	We can say I'm tasting the cake to make sure it's okay.	我们可以说我正在品尝蛋糕以确保它没事。
149	We can also say this cake tastes delicious.	我们还可以说这个蛋糕味道很好吃
150	One is an action.	一个是行动。
151	Can you guess which one?	你能猜到哪一个吗?
152	This one.	这个
153	I'm actively tasting the cake.	我积极品尝蛋糕。
154	I'm checking to make sure that it's yummy.	我检查以确保它是好吃的。
155	This one is a state.	此为州.
156	It relates to perception.	它涉及到认知。
157	My perception of the cake is that it's delicious	我对蛋糕的看法是它很美味
158	so I'm not describing an action here.	所以,我不是在这里描述一个动作。
159	In that context, it's incorrect to say	在这种情况下,这样说是不正确的
160	the cake is tasting delicious.	蛋糕的味道很好吃。
161	We just say	我们只是说
162	the cake tastes delicious.	蛋糕的味道很好吃。
163	Another thing to be aware of is that	还有一件事情要知道
164	the verb see has a few different meanings.	动词目有几种不同的含义.
165	So we can say I saw Ruby at the supermarket.	所以我们可以说我在超市见过Ruby
166	In that sentence, see is a verb of the sense so it's stative.	在这句话里,见是感的动词,所以是Stative.
167	But look at these examples.	但看看这些例子。
168	我明天见Ruby
169	He's seeing someone new.	他跟新人约会了
170	So seeing means meeting.	所以看意味着见面。
171	I'm meeting Ruby tomorrow and it also means	我明天要去见露比也意味着
172	being in a relationship.	正在一个关系。
173	He's in a relationship with someone new.	他和一个新人有关系
174	So in these sentences, the verb see is describing	因此,在这些句子中,动词见是描述
175	an action and in that context, it's perfectly	行动,在这个背景下,这是完美的
176	okay to use a continuous tense.	可以使用持续紧张。
177	The third group is verbs of feeling and	第三组是感觉和
178	emotion.	情绪
179	I need to find out what Gloria likes	我需要知道Gloria喜欢什么
180	doing in her free time.	在她的空闲时间。
181	Now there were two verbs of feeling or	现在有两个动词感觉或
182	emotion in that sentence.	句子里的情绪
183	Can you guess which ones they are?	你能猜到他们是谁吗?
184	Need and like.	需要和喜欢。
185	You can absolutely use these verbs in the simple tenses	在简单的时态中绝对可以使用这些动词
186	but it's incorrect to use them in the continuous form.	但用连续形式是不正确的。
187	I was needing some information.	我需要一些资料。
188	Gloria喜欢什么?
189	Now of course, there are lots of other verbs that fit into this category.	当然,还有很多其他的动词适合这个类别.
190	Verbs like love, dislike, adore, wish, prefer	动词喜欢爱,不喜欢,喜欢,愿望,喜欢
191	and surprise.	还有惊喜
192	These are all verbs of feeling and emotion and you should	这些都是感情和情感的动词你应该
193	avoid using them in continuous tenses.	避免在持续紧张状态下使用。
194	The fourth group is verbs of possession.	第四组是占有的动词.
195	They're verbs like belong, own, possess	动词就像属于、拥有、拥有
196	and have.	和已经。
197	The bicycle belongs to my brother	自行车是我的哥哥的
198	but not the bicycle is belonging to my brother.	但自行车不是属于我哥哥的
199	She owns a red Ferrari.	她拥有一辆红色法拉利.
200	She has been owning a red Ferrari for a long time.	她长期拥有一辆红色法拉利.
201	Now the verb have also falls into this category but	现在动词也属于这个范畴,但是
202	only when it means to own or possess something.	只有当它意味着拥有或拥有的东西。
203	Now have is a bit of an exception so I'm going to go into more detail about it	现在有一个有点例外所以我要详细谈谈
204	later on in the lesson.	后来在课中.
205	The last group of stative verbs is	最后一组静态动词是
206	well it's just everything else and by that I just mean	好吧,这只是其他的一切, 我的意思是,
207	any other verbs that aren't actions like depend, deserve,	任何其他动词,如果不是行动像依赖,应得的,
208	promise, owe, seen, fit,	答应,欠,看,合适,
209	weigh and measure.	体重和测量。
210	So these verbs don't describe an action.	因此这些动词没有描述动作.
211	I promise not to be late.	我保证不会迟到。
212	Is promise an action?	保证是行动吗?
213	When I make a promise, I don't actually do anything, do I?	当我做出承诺时,我什么都不做,是吗?
214	I just say the words.	我只是说这些话。
215	I promise.	我保证
216	But there's no physical action there, is there?	但那里没有身体动作,是吗?
217	It's just a stative verb so I can't say I am promising not to be late.	这只是个静态的动词所以我不能说我保证不会迟到
218	That's incorrect.	这不正确。
219	We just use the present simple here.	我们只是用现在的简单。
220	I promise.	我保证
221	How about I owe you ten dollars?	我欠你十块钱怎么样?
222	Is owe an action?	欠钱吗?
223	If I said here's ten dollars and gave you a ten dollar note,	如果我说这里有10美元并给你10美元纸币,
224	well giving is an action right but to owe someone money,	善施是行动的权利但欠某人钱,
225	that's not an action.	这不是一个动作。
226	So I can't say I'm owing you ten dollars, can I?	所以我不能说我欠你十块钱是吗?
227	You just keep it simple.	你只要保持简单。
228	I owe you.	我欠你一个人情
229	I know there are a few things that are confusing about stative verbs.	我知道有些事情是混淆了静态动词。
230	Perhaps you've seen the words loving, smelling and owing around	你可能见过爱的词闻起来和欠的
231	and now you're wondering why is Emma telling me that using these verbs in this form is wrong?	现在你想知道为什么艾玛告诉我用这种动词是错的?
232	Just because you can't use these verbs in continuous tenses doesn't mean	仅仅因为你不能用这些动词在持续紧张,并不意味着
233	that you won't see them in an ing form.	你不会看到他们以ing的形式。
234	What?	你说什么?
235	Don't worry, this is something that confuses	不要担心,这是令人困惑的
236	a lot of my students.	很多我的学生
237	It's one of those really annoying things about English grammar.	这是那些真正令人讨厌的事情之一关于英语语法。
238	Ing forms aren't only used for continuous verb tenses.	Ing形式不仅用于连续动词紧张.
239	We use them as adjectives and nouns too,	我们用它们作为形容词和名词
240	don't we?	不是吗?
241	Remember our friend the gerund?	还记得我们的朋友吗?
242	But I have got a super little tip for you.	但我有一个超小提示给你。
243	A great way to check if it's an ing form of a verb is to look for the auxiliary verb be.	一个很好的方法来检查它是否是一种动词的ing形式,就是寻找辅助动词是.
244	Be will always be there if it's a continuous verb form.	如果它是连续动词形式,将永远存在.
245	Auxiliary verb be	辅助动词为
246	plus the main verb in ing form, that equals the continuous tense.	加上以ing形式表示的主要动词,相当于持续时态.
247	We were listening to music.	我们在听音乐
248	Sarah is having a baby in March.	莎拉在三月生了一个孩子。
249	Can you see those auxiliary verbs?	你能看见那些辅助动词吗?
250	They're telling us that listening and having, they're action verbs.	他们告诉我们,听和拥有, 他们是动作动词。
251	But take a look at these	但看看这个
252	sentences.	句号。
253	I heard some surprising news.	我听到一些令人惊讶的消息。
254	Is surprising a verb?	令人惊讶的动词吗?
255	Surprising is an adjective	令人惊讶的是形容词
256	and it modifies the noun news, gives us some extra information.	它修改了名词给我们一些额外的信息
257	Playing football is his passion.	踢足球是他的热情
258	Playing is a gerund.	玩耍是种恶习
259	Playing football is the subject of our sentence.	踢足球是我们判决的主题
260	It's a noun phrase.	名词句.
261	Seeing is believing.	见即是信.
262	What about here?	这里呢?
263	Are either of these verbs?	这些动词是哪一种吗?
264	This one's a bit tricky.	这个有点棘手
265	In this example, both seeing and believing are gerunds.	在这个例子中,看到和相信都是遗传的。
266	They're nouns but they look like verbs.	他们是名词,但他们看起来像动词。
267	So this structure is just the same as saying tomorrow is Monday.	所以这个结构和明天是星期一一样。
268	Tomorrow and Monday are nouns.	明天和星期一都是名词
269	Seeing and believing are also nouns.	见信亦是名句.
270	So even though these words shouldn't be used as verbs	所以即使这些词不应该作为动词
271	in ing form, you will definitely see them around as adjectives and nouns.	你绝对会把它们当作形容词和名词
272	Probably the most	也许最
273	complicated part of this is that there's a group of verbs that have both an active and a stative	复杂的部分是,有一群动词既具有主动性,也具有静态性
274	meaning and they're the ones that require you to really think about the meaning of the verb	意思是,他们要求你真正思考动词的意义
275	before you decide which tense is appropriate to use.	在你决定使用哪种时态之前
276	Now I've been pointing them out as we've been	现在,我一直在指出他们,因为我们一直是
277	going through this lesson but I really just want to spend a couple of minutes going a little deeper	正在学习这个课程但我真的想花几分钟更深一点
278	here on the common ones.	这里的普通的。
279	I mentioned that have is a stative verb when it means possession.	我提到过,当它意味着占有时,它是一个静态动词。
280	Mickey has a red bike.	米奇有辆红色自行车。
281	So here, if we replace has with own or possess, we know it's a stative verb.	因此,在这里,如果我们用自己的或拥有来代替,我们知道这是一个固定动词.
282	And the meaning stays the same right?	意思是一样的吗?
283	We can assume that have is stative.	我们可以假设那已经是静态。
284	So that means we can't say	所以我们不能说
285	Mickey is having a red bike.	米基有辆红色自行车
286	It's the same when we use have to describe a quality.	我们用它来描述质量时也是一样
287	They have brown hair.	他们有棕色的头发。
288	So we can replace have with possess in this sentence.	因此,我们可以用这一句中的拥有来代替。
289	So have in this context is stative.	因此,在这方面是稳定的。
290	They have brown hair.	他们有棕色的头发。
291	We can't say they are having brown hair.	我们不能说他们有棕色头发。
292	But is coming up quite a bit during	但是,这期间会有点
293	this lesson but there are a few exceptions because we use have a lot in English and it has different	这个课,但有一些例外,因为我们使用很多英文,而且不同
294	meanings each time.	意味着每次。
295	It can mean to host, expect, eat or drink or to experience.	它可以指: 主办,期待,吃喝或体验.
296	So these verbs are all	所以这些动词都是
297	action verbs which means we can use them in the continuous tenses.	动作动词,表示我们可以在持续时态中使用它们.
298	We're having a party this weekend.	这周末我们有个派对
299	Have means host.	有意味着东道主。
300	She's having a baby in June.	六月生 a.
301	Have is expect.	已经是预期了
302	They were having lunch.	他们在吃午饭
303	So now have means eat.	所以现在有食物了
304	So just make sure you stop every now and again and just think about the true	所以,只是确保你停止时不时,只是想着真实
305	meaning of have.	意味着有。
306	Can you replace have with own or possess or does it mean something else?	你能用拥有或拥有来取代它吗? 或者它意味着什么?
307	This will be	这将是
308	a really good guide if you're trying to decide whether to treat this as a stative or an active	如果你是想决定把它当做镇定剂还是活的
309	verb.	动词.
310	The next verb to be careful of is be.	下一个要小心的动词是。
311	You are funny.	你真好笑,你觉得很好笑吗?
312	So be in this sentence refers to part of your	所以在句子里提到你的一部分
313	personality.	个性。
314	So this is a fact, a state, it's who you are.	所以这是事实,一个州,这是你是谁。
315	You are a funny person.	你是个有趣的人。
316	But if I say you are being	但是如果我说你是
317	funny, here be means you're acting or behaving in that way.	有意思,这表示你的行为或行为的方式。
318	So in this context it's perfectly okay	所以在这种情况下,这是完全正常的
319	to use the continuous form.	用于使用连续形式。
320	The other verb I want to mention is think.	我想提到的另一个动词是思考。
321	Now think can be active or	现在认为可以活动或
322	stative but when think means to have an opinion then it's stative.	静态,但当思考意味着有意见时,它就是静态.
323	What do you think about these	你觉得这些怎么样?
324	earrings?	耳环?
325	But when think means consider, it's an action.	但是,当思考意味着考虑,这是一个行动.
326	What are you thinking about ordering?	你想点什么?
327	There's one more thing that I want to mention that I want you to be aware of.	还有一件事我想告诉你我希望你知道
328	Sometimes these rules	有时这些规则
329	are broken by native speakers especially in informal contexts.	被讲母语的人打破,特别是在非正式场合。
330	You'll hear someone saying	你会听到有人说
331	I'm loving this song in the moment of enjoying the song.	我喜欢这首歌在享受这首歌的时刻。
332	They'll say that.	他们会这么说的
333	Are you wanting my	你想要我吗?
334	help with that?	帮帮忙?
335	Here in Australia I hear people saying things like this all the time so where does	在澳洲,我经常听到有人说这种话所以在哪里
336	that leave us?	离开我们?
337	Is it wrong to say I'm loving it?	说我喜欢它是不是不对?
338	I mean McDonald's has kind of made that pretty	我意思是麦当劳公司已经使这漂亮
339	standard now.	现在标准。
340	Are the millions of English speakers using the verb love incorrect when they say	百万的英语使用者使用动词爱不正确吗?
341	I'm loving it?	我很喜欢吗?
342	Let's just say that this is one of the many ways that English is changing and evolving.	简而言之,这是英语正在改变和演变的多种方式之一.
343	I mean rules are made to be broken, aren't they?	我的意思是,规则是被打破的,不是吗?
344	Are you ready to test what you've learned today?	你准备好测试你今天学到什么了吗?
345	I really want you to practise using these stative verbs accurately so I'm going to give you some	我真的希望你用这些静态动词精确练习所以我要给你一些
346	sentences where the verb has been used incorrectly and you need to correct them either by changing	如果动词被错误使用,您需要通过更改来纠正
347	the tense or by swapping out the verb.	或用动词交换
348	Let's do the first one together.	让我们一起做第一个。
349	They were thinking it was	他们以为是
350	a bad idea.	一个坏主意。
351	What does thinking mean in this sentence?	此句中意为甚么.
352	Does it mean to have an opinion	这是否意味着有意见
353	or to consider something?	还是考虑一些事情?
354	It means to have an opinion so it's a stative verb.	意思是有意见,所以是定式动词.
355	We can correct it	我们能纠正的
356	by saying they thought it was a bad idea.	说他们认为这是个坏主意
357	Now it's your turn so just make sure you pause the lesson	现在轮到你了所以你要暂停上课
358	after each example so you have time to think about the answers and of course write those answers	每个例子之后,你都有时间思考答案,当然写这些答案
359	down in the comments below so they can come down and check them all out for you.	在下面的评论里让他们下来帮你检查一下
360	I'm wishing you a happy birthday.	我祝你生日快乐
361	She didn't answer the phone because she was hearing music.	她没有接电话是因为她听到音乐.
362	They are not believing in magic.	他们不相信魔法。
363	I've been knowing Lucy for five years.	我认识露西五年了
364	You are having your birthday party tomorrow.	你明天有生日派对
365	Well that's it for this lesson.	好吧,这是这个教训。
366	I really hope that it was useful to learn about action and stative	我真的希望学习一下行动和静态是有用的
367	verbs.	动词.
368	Really focusing some time and energy on learning stative verbs will help you to understand	真正把时间和精力集中在学习静态动词上会帮助你理解
369	how to use them accurately in your English sentences.	如何在英文句子中准确使用。
370	Now I've got a few other grammar lessons	现在我还有几门其他的语法课
371	that will be really useful for practising stative and active verbs okay.	这对练习静态和主动动词很有用
372	I've added the links to them	我已经把连结加进去了
373	down in the comments below.	下面的注释。
374	As always make sure you're subscribed to the channel, turn on the	如常确保您订阅频道,打开
375	notifications so I can let you know when there's a new lesson here for you.	通知我,这样我就可以告诉你当有新的教训在这里给你。
376	I will be back next week	我下周就回来
377	with another lesson for you but until then why don't you check out this one right here.	再给你上一堂课但在那之前你为什么不看看这个呢
378	I'll see you in there.	曰见那里.

该视频共有字幕 378 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P5 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p05 4. 4. 英语时态004：不规则英语动词过去分词形式 (P5)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p05 4. 4. 英语时态004：不规则英语动词过去分词形式 (P5)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 14:13

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:08	Hello!	哈啰!
0:08	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	我是英语的艾玛!
0:11	My students are always complaining about	我的学生总是抱怨
0:14	irregular English verbs.	不规则英语动词.
0:17	How can I learn them?	我怎么学?
0:18	What are the rules?	规矩是什么?
0:23	I'm not gonna lie, they are tough!	我不会撒谎的,他们很坚强!
0:26	Be, do, have, go, come, say, take, get, make, see.	是,有,有,有,有,有,来,有,有,有,有,有,有,见。
0:34	These are all really common English verbs and they're all irregular verbs so	这些都是非常常见的英语动词它们都是不规则的动词所以
0:42	when they change into the past simple tense or the present perfect tense, the	当它们变成过去简单的紧张或现在的完美紧张,

展开字幕全文（250 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello!	哈啰!
2	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	我是英语的艾玛!
3	My students are always complaining about	我的学生总是抱怨
4	irregular English verbs.	不规则英语动词.
5	How can I learn them?	我怎么学?
6	What are the rules?	规矩是什么?
7	I'm not gonna lie, they are tough!	我不会撒谎的,他们很坚强!
8	Be, do, have, go, come, say, take, get, make, see.	是,有,有,有,有,有,来,有,有,有,有,有,有,见。
9	These are all really common English verbs and they're all irregular verbs so	这些都是非常常见的英语动词它们都是不规则的动词所以
10	when they change into the past simple tense or the present perfect tense, the	当它们变成过去简单的紧张或现在的完美紧张,
11	verb changes quite a lot.	动词变化很大.
12	But you already know this, there are fewer	但你已经知道这一点了,有更少
13	irregular verbs than there are regular verbs but these irregular verbs are very,	不规则动词比普通动词多,但这些不规则动词非常,
14	very common verbs.	非常常见的动词.
15	They're used more often than other regular verbs so if	它们比其他普通动词更常用所以如果
16	you've been telling yourself that you don't need to worry about irregular	你一直告诉自己你不必担心不正常
17	verbs, get your head out of the clouds!	动词,把头从云里弄出来!
18	Stop dreaming!	别做梦了!
19	You need to learn how to	你需要学会如何
20	use these important English verbs automatically.	自动使用这些重要的英语动词。
21	In this lesson, I'm going	在这个课,我要去
22	to test your knowledge of past tense irregular verbs to train you to think of	测试你对过去紧张的不规则动词的了解来训练你思考
23	them instantly.	他们立刻。
24	So get ready, you need to be thinking quickly.	所以,准备好,你需要快速思考。
25	Pay attention!	注意点!
26	On the screen, you'll see a verb appear in the present tense.	在屏幕上,你会看到一个动词出现在目前的时态中.
27	Eat.	食讫.
28	Then you'll see	那你会明白的
29	the past simple tense.	过去简单的紧张。
30	Ate.	吃饭了
31	And the past participle.	还有过去的派对
32	Eaten.	食讫.
33	But this is a speed	但这是速度
34	test so you need to try and beat me to it.	测试,所以你需要尝试打我到它。
35	Answer out loud before I do and then	早点大声回答
36	you can tell your friends that you beat your teacher in an irregular verb test.	你可以告诉你的朋友,你在不规则的动词测试中打败了老师.
37	Ready?	准备好了吗?
38	Let's get started!	开始吧!
39	Brought.	带来了。
40	Forget.	忘记。
41	Forgot.	忘记了
42	Forgotten.	忘却.
43	Of course you didn't forget.	你当然没有忘记
44	Choose.	选择吧
45	Chose.	选.
46	Chosen.	选.
47	Find.	寻找。
48	Found.	发现了
49	Come.	来吧。
50	Came.	来了
51	Come.	来吧。
52	Drive.	开车
53	Drove.	钻.
54	Driven.	开车
55	Fall.	堕落.
56	Fell.	费尔
57	Fallen.	堕落.
58	Feel.	感觉
59	Felt.	感觉。
60	Buy.	买
61	Bought.	买的。
62	I thought you'd know that one.	我以为你会知道的
63	Fly.	飞.
64	Flew.	飞
65	Flown.	流转.
66	Be.	来
67	Now the be verb in the present tense is am or is or are.	现在,当前时态中的动词是 am 或是或是或是。
68	In the past simple	过去很简单
69	tense, it's, was or were.	紧张,它是,曾经或曾经。
70	And as a past participle, it's been.	并且作为一个过去的聚会,它已经。
71	Nice one!	不错!
72	Know.	知道吗?
73	Knew.	识得.
74	Known.	知见.
75	Get.	获取。
76	Got.	来
77	And it could be got or gotten depending on if you're	它可能得到或得到取决于你是否
78	using British or American English.	使用英国或美国英语.
79	Wear.	着衣.
80	Wore.	烦恼.
81	Worn.	烦恼.
82	Tear.	眼泪。
83	Tore.	托尔.
84	Torn.	顿.
85	Have.	有过.
86	We did this one before.	我们以前做过这个
87	Had.	有过
88	And had.	并有过。
89	Swim.	游..
90	In the past tense, swam.	在过去的紧张,游泳。
91	在过去的participle,swum。
92	Keep.	留着
93	Kept.	坚守.
94	Go.	开始吧
95	In the past simple is went and in the past participle it's gone or been.	过去的简单是去过去的聚会,它已经走了或已经走了。
96	That can be a little tricky to explain but you use been and gone for different reasons.	解释起来可能有点难,但你过去和去的原因不同。
97	If you go somewhere else, to another country, to a friend's house, then you have gone from the original place, maybe your house.	如果你去别的地方,去别的国家,去朋友的家, 那么你已经离开了原来的地方,也许你的房子。
98	But if you have been, then you have gone but you've also come back to the original place.	但如果你去过,那么你已经走了但你也回到了原来的地方。
99	That's the main difference between been and gone.	这就是过去和过去的主要区别.
100	Teach.	师曰.
101	Taught.	师曰.
102	Sleep.	睡觉。
103	Slept.	睡着
104	Lend.	借钱
105	Lent.	兰特
106	Stand.	站起来
107	Stood.	斯图德。
108	And.	还有...
109	Stood.	斯图德。
110	Pay.	付钱
111	Paid.	付了钱
112	Let.	琵秨
113	And.	还有...
114	Let.	琵秨
115	Lose.	输.
116	Lost.	输了
117	And.	还有...
118	Lost.	输了
119	Sing唱.
120	Sang.	僧问.
121	Sung.	成传.
122	Meet.	相见.
123	Met.	遇见。
124	And.	还有...
125	Met.	遇见。
126	Begin.	开始
127	Began.	开始。
128	Begun.	开始
129	
130	And.	还有...
131	
132	Read.	读诵.
133	And read.	而读之.
134	Notice the pronunciation changes but the spelling stays the same.	注意发音变化,但拼写不变.
135	Read.	读诵.
136	Say.	说
137	Said.	赛德
138	Make.	做点什么
139	Made.	已经制造。
140	Of course you know that one.	你当然知道
141	It's made.	作是语已.
142	Sell.	卖
143	Sold.	卖了
144	Think.	考虑一下
145	Thought.	以为.
146	I thought it was right.	我以为这是正确的。
147	Have you thought about that?	你有想过吗?
148	Thought.	以为.
149	Drink.	饮之.
150	Drank.	达兰克。
151	醉 Dr.
152	Send.	发送。
153	Sent.	发送。
154	And.	还有...
155	Sent.	发送。
156	Leave.	离开
157	Left.	左边
158	And.	还有...
159	Left.	左边
160	Sit.	请坐
161	Sat.	萨特。
162	Speak.	说
163	Spoke.	说话
164	Spoken.	语曰.
165	Write.	写
166	Wrote.	写作.
167	And.	还有...
168	Written.	写了
169	Take.	拿着
170	Took.	带了。
171	And.	还有...
172	Taken.	带走了
173	Lie.	撒谎
174	And this is lie when you're not telling the truth.	这是谎言当你不说实话。
175	Becomes lied.	成为谎言。
176	And.	还有...
177	Lied.	撒谎
178	But lie can also be when you are flat like on your bed	但说谎也可以是当你像躺在床上一样平坦的时候
179	and it becomes lay and lain.	它会变成躺下和枯萎。
180	Now that's not very common to use the past participle form of lay	现在用过去那种平底人形式并不常见
181	but it's worth knowing the difference.	但它值得知道区别。
182	There are two verbs that are very similar.	有两种动词非常相似.
183	Smell.	闻曰.
184	Now smell is usually a regular verb.	现在气味通常是一种普通动词.
185	Smelled.	闻已.
186	But in the UK it can be an irregular verb in British English.	但在英国,它可以是英国英语中的不规则动词.
187	Smelt.	闻闻.
188	Just be careful, you might see it written in a couple of different ways.	小心点,你可能会看到它有几种不同的写法。
189	But the most common way is smelled.	但最常道是闻.
190	和过去的participle形式是闻到的。
191	Give.	给
192	Gave.	盖维
193	Given.	承认
194	Hear.	听着
195	Heard.	听说了
196	And.	还有...
197	Heard.	听说了
198	Tell.	告诉。
199	Told.	告诉。
200	And.	还有...
201	Told.	告诉。
202	See.	见.
203	Saw.	看见了
204	Seen.	见已.
205	Understand.	明白吗?
206	Understood.	明白吗?
207	Do.	动手
208	Did.	没错
209	Done.	结束了。
210	Phew!	嘘!
211	How did you go?	你好吗?
212	I'm sure there were quite a few that you know and that you got right	我敢肯定,有很多你知道,你是对的
213	but there were probably a few that tested your memory.	但也许有一些测试你的记忆。
214	Maybe you haven't used them in a little while.	也许你有段时间没用过
215	So it's a good idea to jog your memory.	因此,这是一个好主意慢跑你的记忆。
216	But don't worry about it if you didn't get them all right.	但是,不用担心,如果你没有得到他们所有的权利。
217	Use this video to test and build your knowledge of these verbs.	利用这段视频测试和积累你对这些动词的知识.
218	Go back to the start of the video and practise again.	回到开始的视频并再次练习。
219	And again and again until you have them all memorised.	一次又一次直到你把他们都记起来
220	Which irregular verbs do you find most difficult to use and remember?	哪些不规则动词最难使用和记住?
221	Share them in the comments under this video.	分享影片的评论。
222	And don't forget that there are a bunch of irregular verbs	别忘了有一堆不规则的动词
223	that are only irregular because they don't actually change in different tenses.	那只是不规则的因为它们实际上不会改变在不同时态。
224	They're always the same.	它们总是一样。
225	There's only one form.	只有一种形式
226	For example, bet.	譬如下注.
227	Cut.	切开。
228	Hit.	击.
229	Hurt.	伤害。
230	Let.	琵秨
231	
232	We spoke about those just before.	我们刚才谈过了
233	Quit.	弃曰.
234	Read and read.	读诵念诵.
235	The spelling is the same but the pronunciation is different.	拼音相同但发音不同.
236	Set.	准备
237	Shut.	闭嘴
238	Spread.	散开
239	For those of you who are feeling up for the challenge,	对于你们中对挑战有感觉的人,
240	then download this worksheet up here	然后在这里下载此工作表
241	to practise using these verbs in different tenses.	在不同的时态中使用这些动词练习.
242	Well that's it for this mini training lesson.	好了,这是这个迷你训练课程。
243	I'm sure that you must feel great about reviewing and practising	我敢肯定,你一定感觉很好审查和练习
244	how to use these verbs in English	如何使用英语中的这些动词
245	so that you can speak more fluently, confidently and automatically in English.	以便你能够更流利,自信和自动地用英语说话.
246	Now check out this extra training that I prepared	现在看看我准备的附加训练
247	about the present perfect tense	关于目前完美的紧张
248	and practise using the past participle form in this tense.	并使用过去 participle形式在这种紧张。
249	There's also another playlist right here with more mmmEnglish lessons.	这里还有另外一张播放列表上面还有更多英语课
250	Bye for now, I'll see you in the next lesson!	再见了,下次见!

该视频共有字幕 269 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P6 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p06 5. 5. 英语时态005：现在完成时 (P6)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p06 5. 5. 英语时态005：现在完成时 (P6)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 13:23

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:08	Hello!	哈啰!
0:09	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	我是英语的艾玛!
0:12	A couple of weeks ago, I created a lesson about	几个星期前,我创造了一个关于
0:15	the present perfect tense.	目前最紧张的状态
0:17	What it looks like, how to use it and all of that good	看起来像什么,如何使用它和所有的好
0:20	stuff.	东西。
0:22	I talked about when to use the present perfect simple tense and when to	我谈论了什么时候使用现在的完美简单的紧张,什么时候使用
0:26	use the past simple tense.	使用过去的简单时态。
0:29	Now if you missed it, you can check it out right	现在,如果你错过它, 你可以检查出来的权利
0:32	here.	在这里。

展开字幕全文（238 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello!	哈啰!
2	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	我是英语的艾玛!
3	A couple of weeks ago, I created a lesson about	几个星期前,我创造了一个关于
4	the present perfect tense.	目前最紧张的状态
5	What it looks like, how to use it and all of that good	看起来像什么,如何使用它和所有的好
6	stuff.	东西。
7	I talked about when to use the present perfect simple tense and when to	我谈论了什么时候使用现在的完美简单的紧张,什么时候使用
8	use the past simple tense.	使用过去的简单时态。
9	Now if you missed it, you can check it out right	现在,如果你错过它, 你可以检查出来的权利
10	here.	在这里。
11	But after watching that lesson, many of you asked me, so when do we use the	但是,在看完这课后,你们很多人问我,所以我们什么时候用
12	present perfect simple tense and when do we use the present perfect continuous	我们何时使用现在的完美连续
13	tense?	紧张?
14	A lot of you also asked, so when do you use these words since and for?	你们中许多人也问,你们什么时候用这些词?
15	Now	现在
16	both of these questions are really important questions when you're using	这些都是很重要的问题当你使用
17	the present perfect tense in English.	目前最紧张的英语。
18	So in this video, I'm going to answer both	所以在这段录像里,我要回答两个问题
19	of those questions.	这些问题。
20	This channel is all about speaking and communicating	这个频道只讲说话和沟通
21	confidently in English and I know that fixing some of these common grammar	自信地讲英语,我知道修补一些常见的语法
22	errors is an important part of helping you to feel confident when you're using	错误是帮助你在使用时感到自信的一个重要部分
23	English so that when you do speak, you can express yourself clearly and	英语,这样你说话的时候,你可以清晰地表达自己
24	automatically.	自动。
25	So let's start by talking about the present perfect simple tense	所以,让我们先谈谈现在的完美的简单紧张
26	and the present perfect continuous tense.	和目前完美的持续紧张。
27	They have eaten the pizza.	他们吃了披萨。
28	So this is the	所以这是
29	{\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}就那么简单
30	We have the auxiliary verb have with our main verb	我们主动词有辅助动词
31	in past participle form.	以过去的形式。
32	They have been eating the pizza.	他们一直在吃披萨。
33	Now this is the present	这就是现在
34	perfect continuous tense.	完美的持续紧张。
35	We still have the auxiliary verb have but now we have	我们还有辅助动词但是现在有了
36	the word been and our main verb in a continuous or progressive form.	这个词和我们的主要动词以连续或渐进的形式出现。
37	So when	所以什么时候
38	you compare these two sentences, the main difference is that the first one tells	你比较这两句话, 主要的区别是第一句话告诉
39	us that the action finished in the past.	行动过去已经结束
40	There is no more pizza now in the	现在没有比萨了
41	present.	现在。
42	The second sentence, the present perfect continuous tense, suggests that	第二句,即目前完美的持续紧张,表明
43	there is still pizza left now.	现在还有比萨呢
44	They haven't eaten all of the pizza yet.	他们还没吃完所有的披萨
45	We	我们
46	can use either of these tenses to talk about events that happened in the past	可以利用其中任何一个紧张谈论过去发生的事件
47	but they're somehow connected to the present.	但是它们和现在有关联
48	She has borrowed our car.	她借了我们的车
49	So this	所以这个
50	is an action that happened in the past but it's important to the present	这是过去发生的事情但对于现在很重要
51	because we don't have a car right now.	因为我们现在没有车
52	We're focused on the result when we're	我们专注于结果当我们是
53	using the present perfect simple.	使用当前完美的简单。
54	She's been borrowing our car every Thursday.	她每周四都借我们的车
55	Now this sentence suggests that the action is still happening.	现在这句话表明行动还在进行中.
56	So next	接下来
57	Thursday, she'll probably borrow the car again.	星期四,她可能会再次借车。
58	So here, our focus is on the action.	所以这里,我们的重点是行动。
59	The action is unfinished.	行动尚未完成。
60	Now the present perfect continuous is your best choice	现在完美的连续是最好的选择
61	when the focus is on an activity that is unfinished.	当焦点是未完成的活动时。
62	So let's compare another	所以,让我们比较另一个
63	example.	实例。
64	I've searched the internet for more information.	我已经搜索了互联网更多的信息。
65	Now this sentence	现在这句话
66	suggests that you're not searching anymore.	说明你不再找了
67	The action finished in the past	过去完成的行动
68	but it's important to the present because right now, in this moment, we	但现在很重要因为此刻我们
69	don't have the information.	没有信息。
70	I've been searching the internet for more	我一直在寻找更多的互联网
71	information.	资料。
72	This sentence suggests that you're still doing it.	这个句子暗示你还在做.
73	You haven't given	你还没给
74	up yet and you're still looking for the information now.	你还在寻找信息
75	Let's try another	我们再来一次
76	example.	实例。
77	We've written an essay about climate change.	我们写了一篇关于气候变化的论文。
78	The action here is	这里的行动是
79	finished.	结束了。
80	It's in the past.	于过去世.
81	We've already completed it.	我们已经完成了
82	So you can also say we	所以你也可以说我们
83	wrote an essay about climate change using the past simple but to connect it	写一篇关于气候变化的论文,
84	to the present and make it important to the present, you need to use the present	现在,你需要用现在。
85	perfect tense.	完美的紧张。
86	Think about if you were with a group of scientists and you	想想如果你和一群科学家在一起
87	wanted to demonstrate to them or show them that you were knowledgeable about	向他们证明或向他们证明你了解
88	the topic of climate change.	气候变化专题。
89	You can connect your past experience to the	你可以把你的过去的经验与
90	present using the present perfect tense.	使用当前完美的时态显示。
91	Writing the essay is part of your life	写作是人生的一部分
92	experience now.	现在的体验。
93	We've been writing an essay about climate change.	我们一直在写一篇关于气候变化的论文。
94	Suggests that	建议
95	you're still doing it.	你还在做
96	The essay is not finished yet.	散文还没有完成.
97	You're still working on it	你还在努力
98	at the moment, in the present.	现在,在现在。
99	I have been studying Spanish.	我一直在学习西班牙语。
100	This is an unfinished	这是未完成的
101	action.	行动。
102	I'm still doing it.	我还在做
103	The continuous form makes it clear that the action is	持续的形式表明,行动是
104	still happening.	还在发生
105	I'm still studying in this moment.	我现在还在学习
106	I have studied French.	我学过法语
107	By	以
108	using the present perfect tense here, it suggests that the action happened	利用现在的紧张状态, 这表明行动发生了
109	regularly in the past but that it doesn't happen in the moment.	过去经常发生,但现在不会发生
110	But by using	但通过使用
111	this tense, not the past simple tense, I'm suggesting that somehow it's	这种紧张,而不是过去简单的紧张, 我建议,不知何故,它是
112	meaningful or relevant to the present.	具有意义或与当前有关。
113	Like I know a little French.	就像我懂法语一样
114	I'm not	我没有
115	studying it at the moment but I know a little.	现在研究它,但我知道一点。
116	Okay this last example is a	好吧,最后一个例子是一个
117	little more difficult to explain and understand.	更难解释和理解
118	There are a few verbs in	里面有几个动词
119	English like the verb live and work where the difference between the present	像动词那样的英语生活和工作
120	perfect simple and the present perfect continuous is less clear but I'm going	完美的简单, 和现在完美的连续不太清楚,但我要去
121	to try and explain it for you now.	试着解释给你听
122	I've lived here for five years.	我在这里住了五年了
123	I'm from	我从
124	Melbourne originally but I've been living here for five years.	墨尔本原本是但我在这住了五年了
125	So both of	所以两个
126	these sentences use the adverb for to give us more information about how long	这些句子用副词来给我们更多关于多久的信息
127	the action has been happening for, the duration of time.	行动已经持续了一段时间。
128	But to understand the	但为了理解
129	difference, we need to think about these examples in slightly different ways.	不同的是,我们需要以略微不同的方式考虑这些例子。
130	The	那个
131	present perfect simple, I have lived, suggests that the action is a permanent	我活了下来认为行动是永久性的
132	thing.	东西。
133	The present perfect continuous often tells us that the action is a more	现在的完美连续经常告诉我们, 行动是一个更
134	temporary thing, it's not as permanent.	暂时的,它没有永久的。
135	It suggests that I might live somewhere	说明我可能住在某个地方
136	else in the future.	以后别的事
137	Okay how do you feel about the present perfect simple and the	好吧,你对现在的完美简单和
138	present perfect continuous tenses now?	现在呈现出完美的持续紧张?
139	Hopefully a little clearer.	希望更清楚一点
140	Now we're	现在我们是
141	going to focus on those two adverbs that you can use with these tenses.	专注于这两个副词你可以使用这些紧张。
142	Now	现在
143	there's quite a few adverbs that you can use with the present perfect tenses like	有很多副词你可以用在现在的完美时态
144	already, yet, before, just, ever, never.	已经,然而,以前, 只是,永远,从来没有。
145	But in this lesson, we're going to focus on	但在这个课中,我们要集中精力
146	for and since.	从那时起
147	Both of these words are used with the present perfect tenses and	这两个词都用在了现在的完美时态和
148	the past perfect tenses.	过去完美的紧张。
149	And both of these words explain how long something	这两个词都解释什么是多久
150	has been happening for, it's a duration of time.	已经发生很久了,这是很长一段时间。
151	So when you're using the present	所以当你使用现在
152	perfect tense and you want to give more information about the amount of time	完全紧张,你需要更多关于时间的信息
153	that the action has been happening for, you can use the words for and since.	行动已经发生, 你可以用这些话来表达和表达。
154	Now	现在
155	it's important to remember that the word since can only be used with the	必须记住这个词只能用在
156	perfect tenses but the word for can be used in other tenses as well when you	完全紧张,但这个词可以用于其他紧张当你
157	want to give more information about the time it took to do something.	想要提供更多的信息关于它花费的时间做一些事情。
158	So these	所以这些
159	two important words can be easily confused in the present perfect.	两个重要词在目前完美中很容易被混淆.
160	Using	使用
161	the wrong one is a very common mistake for English learners.	错误的是一个非常常见的错误对于英语学习者。
162	We use the word for	我们用这个词
163	with a period of time.	和一段时间。
164	Okay so like three days, this is a period of time.	好吧,这就像三天, 这是一个时期。
165	So I want	所以,我想这样
166	{\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}在时间轴上展示这个过程
167	This is today, this is Sunday and this	今天是星期天,还有这个
168	point in our timeline is Thursday.	时间是星期四
169	This is when the action happened or it	这时候,行动发生或它
170	started happening.	开始发生。
171	So the focus is on this period of time here.	所以这里的重点是这一时期.
172	For periods of	期间
173	time, we need to use for.	时间,我们需要利用。
174	For three days, for three months, for an hour, for two and	三天三个月一小时两天
175	a half years, for a long time.	半年,长年.
176	Even though we're not talking about a specific	虽然我们不是在谈论一个具体
177	amount of time, this reference refers to a period of time, a long period of time.	时间的长度,此参考指时间的长度,时间的长度.
178	So we still need to use for.	因此,我们仍然需要使用。
179	Now let's add this to some of the examples in the	现在,让我们把这个加到一些例子中
180	present perfect structure.	呈现出完美的结构
181	We have lived in London for six years.	我们在伦敦生活了六年。
182	He has borrowed	他借来的
183	my car for three days.	我的车,三天。
184	They've been waiting for an hour.	他们等了一个小时了
185	Now you need to use	现在你需要使用
186	since with a specific moment in the past, with a specific point in time.	因为过去有一个具体的时刻, 一个特定的时间点。
187	So	这么说
188	let's go back to our timeline to talk about it.	让我们回到我们的时间谈论它。
189	So today's Sunday, here we are	今天是周日,我们来了
190	on Sunday and this is the point when the action happened or it started happening.	这才是行动发生或开始发生的时刻。
191	This point is Thursday.	这是星期四。
192	So we can say that we've been doing the action since	所以,我们可以说,我们一直在做行动自
193	Thursday.	礼拜四
194	So the focus is on the point in time when the action happened or it	所以焦点是行动发生的时间点
195	began.	开始。
196	So since I lived in Brazil or since three o'clock, since 1992, since	因此,自从我在巴西生活或从三点钟,从1992年,
197	last week.	上个星期
198	So let's add since to the present perfect structure.	因此,让我们补充一下现在的完美结构。
199	I have lived	我活着
200	here since I was a child.	我小时候就在这里
201	I've been working here since April.	我从四月开始在这里工作
202	They've been	他们已经
203	waiting since 9 a.m.	从上午9时开始等待
204	I've had these pens since I was at school.	我从上学起就用过这些笔
205	I've been	我去过
206	expecting the parcel since last Tuesday.	从上周二开始就等着包裹
207	These structures with for and since are	这些结构包括:
208	really useful when answering questions that start with how long.	在回答从多久开始的问题时非常有用。
209	How long have	多长时间了
210	you been travelling?	你在旅行吗?
211	I've been travelling since June.	我从六月就开始旅行了
212	I've been travelling for	我一直在旅行为
213	three months.	三个月。
214	So make sure that you're always listening for the clues in a	所以要确保你总是听线索在一个
215	question like this.	像这样的问题。
216	How long?	多长时间?
217	If someone's asking how long, then you can	如果有人问多久,那么你可以
218	use these words for and since to give your answers in the present perfect.	用这些词来表达你的答案
219	Well that's it for this lesson!	好了,这是这个教训!
220	Even though the present perfect tenses can be	即使现在的紧张状态
221	frustrating at times, be patient while you're perfecting it.	有时候很沮丧,在完善的时候要耐心
222	Don't just use the	别用这个
223	past simple tense because it's easier.	过简单的紧张,因为它更容易。
224	I want you to really take the time to	我想让你花点时间
225	practise the present perfect because it allows you to be so much more	练练现在的完美因为它能让你更加完美
226	expressive with your English and the more often that you do it, the more	用你的英语表达, 越经常做,越多
227	naturally it will come to you.	自然会降临到你身上
228	So make sure that you subscribe to this channel	确定您订阅此频道
229	right here.	在这里。
230	I make new lessons every week.	我每周都上新课
231	To keep practising with the present	继续练习现在
232	perfect tenses, watch this playlist here because I've been making a few lessons	非常紧张,在这里看这个播放列表因为我一直在做一些教训
233	about the present perfect recently.	关于现在的完美最近。
234	But you can also explore other lessons	但你也可以探索其他的教训
235	right here.	在这里。
236	Thanks for watching and I'll see you in the next lesson here on the	谢谢你的观看,我会看到你在接下来的课在这里
237	mmm英语YouTube频道.
238	Bye for now!	再见!

该视频共有字幕 238 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P7 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p07 6. 6. 英语时态 006 - 提高语法的技巧！英语助动词 be do have (P7)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p07 6. 6. 英语时态 006 - 提高语法的技巧！英语助动词 be do have (P7)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 10:44

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:09	Hello!	哈啰!
0:10	这是Emma从mmm英语!
0:13	This English lesson is all about auxiliary verbs	这个英文课是辅助动词
0:17	or you might recognise them if I say	或者你可能会认出他们,如果我说
0:20	helping verbs, verbs that help the main verb	帮助动词,帮助主动词的动词
0:24	in an English sentence.	在英语句子中。
0:26	So why are they so important?	那为什么它们这么重要?
0:30	Knowing a little more about auxiliary verbs	了解一些辅助动词
0:33	will help you to improve your English grammar	帮助您改善英语语法
0:37	because the relationship between an auxiliary verb	因为辅助动词之间的关系

展开字幕全文（201 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello!	哈啰!
2	这是Emma从mmm英语!
3	This English lesson is all about auxiliary verbs	这个英文课是辅助动词
4	or you might recognise them if I say	或者你可能会认出他们,如果我说
5	helping verbs, verbs that help the main verb	帮助动词,帮助主动词的动词
6	in an English sentence.	在英语句子中。
7	So why are they so important?	那为什么它们这么重要?
8	Knowing a little more about auxiliary verbs	了解一些辅助动词
9	will help you to improve your English grammar	帮助您改善英语语法
10	because the relationship between an auxiliary verb	因为辅助动词之间的关系
11	and a main verb is very clear, plain and simple	和主动词非常清晰,简单明了
12	in English.	英文。
13	The auxiliary verb, do, exists in the simple tenses.	辅助动词,确实,存在于简单的时态中.
14	The auxiliary verb, be, exists in the continuous tenses	辅助动词在持续时态中存在
15	and the auxiliary verb, have, exists in the perfect tenses.	和辅助动词,有, 存在于完美的紧张。
16	Now before we do anything else this lesson,	现在,在我们做其他事情之前,这个教训,
17	just stop for a moment and think about this	就停一下,想想这个
18	because this information is golden!	因为这个信息是金的!
19	It's really valuable information.	这是非常有价值的信息。
20	As you're checking your writing after completing	既然你写完之后正在查你的写作
21	an IELTS exam or checking an email before you send it	IELTS 考试或在发送前检查电子邮件
22	to your customers, these simple reminders need to be	这些简单的提醒需要
23	in your mind.	在你的脑海里。
24	Now auxiliary verbs are a really interesting part	现在辅助动词是一个很有趣的部分
25	of the English language.	页:1
26	There's quite a few things that you need to know	还有很多事情你需要知道
27	about them, about grammar, about pronunciation,	关于他们,关于语法, 关于发音,
28	about writing, about speaking.	关于写作,关于说话。
29	So I want to make three things clear to you first.	故欲先明三谛.
30	There are three main auxiliary verbs in English.	英语主要有三种辅助动词.
31	Do, be and have.	做做做做
32	Modal verbs are also considered auxiliary verbs	Modal动词也被认为是辅助动词
33	but there are different grammar rules for modal verbs.	但模式动词有不同的语法规则.
34	In this lesson, we're focusing on do, be and have.	在这个教训中,我们专注于做,做和做。
35	These auxiliary verbs can also be used as main verbs.	这些辅助动词也可以作为主动词.
36	She didn't do it.	她没有这样做。
37	He's being annoying.	他在烦人
38	I've had three.	我有过三个。
39	Number two.	第二义.
40	When you're using English verbs,	当你使用英语动词时,
41	whether it's a sentence with only a main verb	它是否是一个只有主动词的句子
42	or there's an auxiliary verb,	或者有一个辅助动词,
43	they must agree with the subject.	他们必须同意这个主题。
44	You need to choose the right verb form	您需要选择正确的动词形式
45	for the subject in your sentence.	在你的句子的主题。
46	He is leaving.	他要走了,我们走了
47	They are leaving.	他们要走了。
48	I am leaving.	我这就走
49	The auxiliary verb must match the main verb.	辅助动词必须匹配主动词.
50	Now if you want to learn more about subject-verb agreement,	如果你想了解更多关于主题动词的协议
51	then check out this video that I made about it right here.	然后看看我拍的这段录像
52	Number three.	三号
53	Auxiliary verbs in positive sentences are function words,	阳性句子中的辅助动词是函数词,
54	not content words.	不满足于文字。
55	This means that they're usually unstressed	这意味着他们通常没有压力
56	when they're spoken.	当他们说话。
57	Unstressed words in English are often reduced or contracted	英文中不紧张的词经常减少或收缩
58	when they're spoken out loud in English	当他们用英语大声说话时
59	so they can be difficult to hear.	以便他们难听。
60	I'm shopping with my friends.	我在和朋友购物
61	He's taking his time.	他慢慢来
62	I've bought you some fruit.	我给你买了些水果
63	Now in negative sentences, auxiliary verbs are usually stressed	现在在负句中,辅助动词通常被强调
64	but often they're contracted with not.	但是他们经常被签了合同
65	I didn't like it.	我不喜欢这样
66	We haven't been there yet.	我们还没有去过那里。
67	Notice that when the sentence is negative,	注意,当判决是否定的,
68	you can contract the auxiliary verb with not	您可以将辅助动词与非
69	or you can also contract the auxiliary to the subject.	也可以将辅助设备承包给主体。
70	We've not been there yet.	我们还没有去过那里。
71	Learning how to contract auxiliary verbs in English	学习英语的辅助动词订约方式
72	is instantly going to make you sound more relaxed	马上就会让你听上去更加放松
73	and natural when you speak.	当你说话时自然而然
74	It's much more natural to say	更自然一点
75	he's not coming or he isn't coming	他不来,他不来
76	than he is not coming.	他不会来的
77	Okay, time to look at some examples,	好吧,是时候看看一些例子,
78	starting with do.	从做开始。
79	Do is the auxiliary verb used in the simple tenses in English.	Do是英语简便时态中使用的辅助动词.
80	Do and does in the present tense	在现在的状态下做和做
81	and did in the past tense.	和过去紧张。
82	In the future forms with will and going to,	在未来的形态中,有意愿和意志,
83	we use the infinitive form only, do.	我们只使用无限形式,做。
84	We eat fish on Fridays.	我们周五吃鱼
85	They don't want to.	他们不想。
86	He doesn't eat meat.	他不会吃肉的
87	Did you like it?	你喜欢吗?
88	Doesn't Paul know about it?	保罗不知道吗?
89	I'll do it later.	我待会再来
90	She will do it first.	她会先动手的
91	Now take a moment to think about these examples	现在慢慢想想这些例子
92	and to think about what I mentioned earlier.	想想我刚才提到的事
93	The subject verb agreement rules,	动词协议规则,
94	how the verb form changes depending on the subject.	动词的形式如何根据主题变化.
95	And the contractions,	和收缩,
96	what you hear so often in spoken English	你经常听到的英语
97	and what you see in informal writing	和你们所见的非正式的言行,
98	are these contractions.	是这些收缩。
99	Also notice that in the very first example,	还注意到在第一个例子中,
100	we can't see the auxiliary verb do.	我们看不到辅助动词
101	In the present tense,	在目前的紧张状态下,
102	in negative sentences and in questions,	在负面的句子和提问中,
103	then yes, of course, you must use the auxiliary verb	当然,你必须使用辅助动词
104	do or does or don't or doesn't.	做,做,不做,或没有。
105	We don't eat fish on Fridays.	我们星期五不吃鱼。
106	Do you eat fish on Fridays?	你星期五吃鱼吗?
107	But in positive sentences in the present tense,	但是,在积极的句子在目前的紧张,
108	the auxiliary verb is often omitted.	辅助动词经常被省略。
109	It's often left out because it's unnecessary.	经常因为不必要而被忽略.
110	The sentence, we eat fish on Fridays,	判决我们星期五吃鱼
111	is exactly the same as the sentence,	和句子一样
112	we do eat fish on Fridays.	我们周五吃鱼
113	Often, when do is included,	通常,当这样做时,
114	it's to add emphasis to the sentence	是为了在句子中增加重点
115	to make something clear.	说清楚点
116	Like in this context.	如此语境.
117	You guys don't eat fish?	你们不吃鱼吗?
118	We do eat fish.	我们吃鱼。
119	We eat it every Friday.	我们每周五都吃
120	Okay, let's move on and talk about be.	好吧,让我们继续谈论。
121	Be is the auxiliary verb used in the continuous	Be是连续语中使用的辅助动词
122	or the progressive tenses.	或进步的紧张。
123	Am, are or is in the present continuous tense	Am,现在或现在持续紧张
124	and was and were in the past continuous tense.	过去和现在都一直紧张
125	In the future forms, we only use the infinitive, be.	在未来的形式上,我们只使用无限,是。
126	Of course, the main verb in the continuous tenses	当然,持续紧张的主要动词
127	is always using the ING form	总是使用ING表单
128	but the be verb, the auxiliary verb,	但作动词,辅助动词,
129	will always be there helping out.	将永远在那里帮助。
130	We are following your brother.	我们在跟踪你哥哥
131	I am trying to call him now.	我现在想打电话给他
132	It isn't raining at the moment.	此时不雨.
133	Is he bringing his friend?	他带朋友来了吗?
134	Aren't we taking Sarah?	我们不带莎拉去吗?
135	He will be presenting at 3pm.	他将在下午3点到场
136	Will you be going to work today?	你今天要上班吗?
137	Again, stop for a moment and have a look at these examples.	再说一遍,停一下,看看这些例子。
138	The subject-verb agreement,	主题动词协议,
139	so how the verb form is always changing	动词形式总是在变化
140	depending on the subject.	取决于主题。
141	And the tense.	和紧张。
142	And the contractions.	及收缩.
143	Often in spoken English or in formal writing,	通常使用英语或正式书面形式,
144	you'll see these contractions.	你会看到这些收缩。
145	Now the be verb is also used as an auxiliary verb	现在作为动词也被用作辅助动词
146	in the passive voice.	在被动的声音。
147	In sentences like	在类似句子中
148	I was given three minutes to finish.	我得到了三分钟完成。
149	So it's not always with a verb that's in the continuous form.	因此它并不总是用连续形式的动词.
150	Here, the be verb is used with the main verb	这里,用动词为主动词
151	in the past participle form.	在过去的聚会形式。
152	Lastly, have.	最后,已经。
153	Have is the auxiliary verb used in the perfect tenses.	Have是完美时态中使用的辅助动词.
154	Have and has in the present perfect tense	曾经和现在完美的紧张
155	and had in the past perfect tense.	和过去完美的紧张。
156	In the future forms, we use the infinity form only.	在未来的形式中,我们只使用无限的形式.
157	Have with will or going to.	有意愿或打算。
158	Now of course, the main verb in the perfect tenses	当然了,最紧张的动词
159	is in past participle form.	以过去的形式
160	And I've made quite a few lessons	我学到了很多教训
161	about the present perfect tense	关于目前完美的紧张
162	so you can check them out here if you need to.	如果你需要的话,你可以在这里看看
163	So in the present perfect tense,	因此,在目前完美的紧张状态中,
164	your main verb is in the past participle form	您的主要动词是过去participle形式
165	and the auxiliary verb, have,	和辅助动词,
166	is always going to be there helping out.	总是在那里帮忙
167	Kate has taken the car.	凯特把车开走了
168	We have tried it many times.	我们试过很多次了。
169	It hasn't arrived yet.	还没到
170	Have they brought the umbrella?	他们带来了伞吗?
171	We have been waiting for hours.	我们已经等了几个小时了。
172	He will have finished by 3pm.	他将在下午3点前完成。
173	Again, let's check what's happening here.	再说一遍,我们看看这里发生了什么
174	The subject-verb agreement,	主题动词协议,
175	so the verb is always changing	所以动词总是在变化
176	depending on the subject and the tense.	取决于主题和紧张。
177	And check out these contractions.	看看这些收缩。
178	Kate's taken the car.	凯特开车了
179	We've tried it many times.	我们试过很多次了
180	Well, that's it for this lesson.	好了,这是这个教训。
181	I hope that it's been really helpful for you	我希望这对你很有帮助
182	because understanding the role	因为理解这个角色
183	of the auxiliary verb in English,	英文辅助动词,
184	it's challenging but it's really important	很有挑战性,但很重要
185	and I hope that this lesson showed you	我希望这个教训能让你
186	that the way auxiliary verbs are used in English	在英语中使用辅助动词的方式
187	is reasonably consistent.	合理一致。
188	It's just about becoming familiar	只是要开始熟悉
189	with the way that sentences function.	与句子的运作方式。
190	As always, if you enjoyed my lesson,	一如既往,如果你喜欢我的课
191	please subscribe by clicking the red button right there	请点击红色按钮订阅
192	and make sure that you're notified	并确保你得到通知
193	when I upload a new lesson.	当我上传新课时
194	To do that, click the bell button just here as well.	要做到这一点,点击铃声按钮就在这里。
195	Since we just practised a whole lot of English grammar,	既然我们练习了很多英语语法
196	why don't you mix it up a bit	你为什么不把事情搞混一点
197	and practise your English pronunciation	并练习英语发音
198	and speaking skills	和演讲技巧
199	in either of these two fabulous lessons.	在那两个精彩的课上
200	Thanks for watching and I'll see you next time.	谢谢你的观看下次见
201	Bye for now.	再见

该视频共有字幕 203 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P8 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p08 7. 7. 英语时态 007 - 情态动词 (P8)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p08 7. 7. 英语时态 007 - 情态动词 (P8)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 10:07

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:07	Hello!	哈啰!
0:08	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	我是英语的艾玛!
0:11	Last week, my lesson was about using modal verbs	上星期,我学到了使用动词
0:15	to express possibility and probability.	以表达可能性和概率。
0:19	If you haven't seen it, make sure you check it out	如果你没看过,请检查一下
0:21	after this lesson.	此经后.
0:22	I'll link to it at the end of this video.	我会在视频结尾链接到它。
0:26	So we'll continue talking about modal verbs today	我们今天继续讨论模式动词
0:30	but this time, modal verbs that express ability.	但这次是表达能力的模式动词
0:35	Now it's important to know that one modal verb	现在重要的是要知道一个动词

展开字幕全文（168 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello!	哈啰!
2	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	我是英语的艾玛!
3	Last week, my lesson was about using modal verbs	上星期,我学到了使用动词
4	to express possibility and probability.	以表达可能性和概率。
5	If you haven't seen it, make sure you check it out	如果你没看过,请检查一下
6	after this lesson.	此经后.
7	I'll link to it at the end of this video.	我会在视频结尾链接到它。
8	So we'll continue talking about modal verbs today	我们今天继续讨论模式动词
9	but this time, modal verbs that express ability.	但这次是表达能力的模式动词
10	Now it's important to know that one modal verb	现在重要的是要知道一个动词
11	can be used to express different things in English.	可以用英语表达不同的事物.
12	So for example, the modal verb can	例如,模式动词可以
13	is used to express possibility	用于表达可能性
14	but in this lesson today, I'll explain how it expresses	但今天的课,我会解释它是如何表达的
15	ability and then later,	能力,然后后来,
16	you'll learn that can can also be used to ask permission,	你会知道也可以用来请求许可
17	make requests and offer help.	提出请求和帮助。
18	So it's a pretty useful modal verb.	因此这是一个相当有用的模式动词.
19	To express ability in English, you need to use these verbs.	要用英语表达能力,需要使用这些动词.
20	can, can't, could, couldn't and be able to.	可以,不能,不能,不能,不能和能够。
21	Now can and can't are pretty simple.	现在可以和不能是相当简单的。
22	They're both used to express ability in the present tense.	它们都用来表达当前时态中的能力.
23	You can speak English.	你会说英语。
24	My mum can pick us up.	我妈妈可以来接我们
25	I can ask my brother for help.	我可以向哥哥求救,请他帮忙
26	We also use be able to to express the same thing.	我们还能够表达同样的看法。
27	You are able to speak English.	你可以说英语。
28	My mum is able to pick us up.	我妈妈能接我们
29	I'm able to ask my brother for help.	亦能求师弟.
30	But notice that the be verb conjugates to the subject	但请注意动词与主题的结合
31	when we're using be able to.	当我们使用能够。
32	But when you're using the modal verb can,	但当你使用模式动词罐,
33	it doesn't matter what the subject is,	不管主题是什么
34	the modal verb is always the same.	模式动词总是相同的。
35	And this is true for all modal verbs,	这对所有模式动词都是如此
36	they have just one form.	他们只有一个形式。
37	Now the present tense is simple	现在的时态很简单
38	but when we talk about ability in the past,	但是,当我们谈论过去的能力,
39	we need to pay closer attention to the rules	我们需要更加关注规则
40	because we use could to talk about general ability	因为我们可以谈论一般的能力
41	and we use was or were able to	我们曾经或曾经能够
42	to talk about specific ability in the past.	谈谈过去的具体能力。
43	To express yourself correctly, you need to understand	为了正确表达自己你需要明白
44	what is general ability and what is specific ability.	何为一般能力,何为具体能力.
45	If someone had the ability to do something	如果有人有能力做点什么
46	at all times and in many different situations,	在许多不同的情况下,
47	then this is a general ability.	那么这是一般的能力。
48	She could read by the time she was five.	她五岁时就能看书了
49	She could read anything.	她可以读任何东西。
50	Books, newspapers, letters, anything.	书籍,报纸,信件,任何东西。
51	This is a general ability.	这是一种一般的能力。
52	So could is the correct choice here.	这里的选择也是正确的。
53	Now if someone had the ability to do something	如果有人有能力做点什么
54	at a specific time in a specific situation,	在具体情况下的特定时刻,
55	well this is specific ability.	这是特殊的能力。
56	She was able to read Little Red Riding Hood	她能读到小红帽
57	in front of the class.	在课堂前。
58	This is a specific situation.	这是特殊情况。
59	So when you're talking about a specific ability,	所以当你在谈论一个特定的能力时,
60	to be able to is the correct choice.	能够做出正确的选择。
61	So in these examples, we used different words	所以在这些例子中,我们使用了不同的词
62	to express ability in the past.	表达过去的能力。
63	It's a little trickier, isn't it?	有点狡猾,不是吗?
64	But fortunately, the negative form is the same	但幸运的是,负的形态是一样的
65	in general and specific situations in the past.	过去的一般情况和具体情况。
66	It's just couldn't.	它只是不能做到这一点。
67	She couldn't read by the time she was five.	5岁时她无法阅读.
68	She couldn't read Little Red Riding Hood	她看不懂小红帽
69	in front of the class.	在课堂前。
70	Note that when someone had the ability in the past	注意,当某人有过去的能力
71	but they didn't use it,	但他们没有使用它,
72	we use a different structure.	我们使用不同的结构。
73	We use could with have	我们用得着
74	and the past participle form.	和过去的伴侣形式。
75	I could have helped you but you didn't ask me.	我可以帮你但你没问我
76	We could have invited more people.	我们可以邀请更多的人。
77	There's spare seats at the back.	后面还有备用座位
78	Okay let's just pause for a moment	好吧,让我们只是暂停一下
79	and think about all of this new information	想想这些新信息
80	that you've taken in.	你已经接受。
81	I think we should probably practise expressing ability	我想我们应该练习表达能力
82	in the past tense just for a moment before we move on.	过去的紧张,只是一瞬间,我们继续前进。
83	So what you need to do is choose the correct word	所以,你需要做的是选择正确的词
84	to complete the sentence.	以结句.
85	Okay choose the correct word.	好吧,选择正确的词。
86	When my neighbour slipped down the stairs this morning,	当我的邻居今早从楼梯上滑下来时
87	I something help her.	我有些事帮她
88	So think about this situation.	想想这个情况吧
89	Is it general or is it specific?	是一般还是具体?
90	This is a specific situation in the past, isn't it?	这是过去的一个特殊情况,不是吗?
91	We know when and exactly what was happening.	我们知道发生什么了
92	So I was able to help her is the correct choice.	所以我可以帮助她是正确的选择。
93	She something speak a little Japanese	她有些日本语
94	when she was younger.	她年轻的时候
95	Is it general or is it specific?	是一般还是具体?
96	It's general so could is the right choice.	这是将军,所以可以是正确的选择。
97	She could speak.	她会说话。
98	My brother something not start the car last night.	我弟弟昨晚没开车
99	Well this is a negative sentence, isn't it?	这是负面的句子,不是吗?
100	We can see not.	我们看不到。
101	So it must be couldn't.	所以它必须不能。
102	My brother couldn't start the car last night	我哥哥昨晚开不了车
103	or he could not start the car last night.	或者他昨晚不能开车
104	He something offered to drop her home	他有东西要送她回家
105	but he was too tired.	但是他太累了,他已经累了。
106	Now notice the form of the main verb here.	现在注意这里主动词的形式.
107	That's a clue because it's not in the bare infinitive form.	这是一个线索,因为它不是赤裸裸的无限形式。
108	So it must be could have.	所以,它必须是可能的。
109	He could have offered to drop her home.	他本可以让她回家的
110	My boss's phone was switched off all day today.	我老板的电话今天被关了一整天
111	Finally I got through at around 5pm and I	我终于在下午5点左右通过
112	speak to her.	跟她说话。
113	This is quite a specific situation, isn't it?	这是一个相当具体的情况,不是吗?
114	So was able to is the right answer.	所以,能够是正确的答案。
115	Okay the last step now.	好了,现在最后一步。
116	We need to talk about ability in the future, don't we?	我们需要谈谈未来的能力,不是吗?
117	We still need to pay attention to those rules	我们还需要注意这些规则
118	about general ability and specific ability.	关于一般能力和具体能力。
119	And it's a little trickier because the rules are	因为规则是
120	completely the opposite to the past tense.	和过去的紧张完全相反
121	Thanks English!	谢谢英语!
122	So in the future we use will and won't be able to	将来我们用不着
123	to talk about general abilities.	谈谈一般能力
124	So we're using will as the future tense	所以,我们用意志作为未来的紧张
125	and following will, as with all modal verbs,	并遵循意志,如同所有模式动词一样,
126	is the bare infinitive form every time.	每次都是赤裸无穷的形态
127	We don't conjugate the verb following will here.	我们不会把后面的动词放在这
128	It's will be or won't be.	将或不会.
129	If you arrive before six o'clock,	如果你在六点前到达
130	you'll be able to see the sunset.	你会看到夕阳
131	Women who become members will be able to	成为成员的妇女将能够
132	practise their English speaking skills.	练习英语语言技能。
133	We use can and can't to talk about	我们用不着谈
134	specific abilities in the future.	未来的具体能力。
135	I can look after your kids tomorrow night.	明晚我可以照顾你的孩子
136	But I can't collect them from school	但我不能从学校拿
137	because I don't finish work until five o'clock.	因为我要到5点才能完成工作
138	So these are specific situations.	因此,这些都是特殊情况。
139	Okay a couple of questions to practise with	好吧,几个问题要练习
140	just before we finish.	就在我们结束之前
141	I something help you with your homework this afternoon.	我今天下午帮你做功课
142	That's a specific situation at a specific time.	这是特定时间的具体情况.
143	So in the future, we use can.	因此,在未来,我们使用可以。
144	If you complete this course, you something	如果你完成了这个课程,你的东西
145	apply for a new job.	申请新的工作。
146	So this is quite general really.	所以这是相当一般的。
147	So will be able to is the correct choice.	因此,能够作出正确的选择。
148	Well that's it but who would have thought	就是这样但谁会想到
149	that talking about ability in English	用英语谈论能力
150	could be so tricky?	这么棘手?
151	I hope this lesson made it a little clearer for you	我希望这个教训能让你更清楚一点
152	and I really recommend that you write down	我建议你写下来
153	a few of your own sentences on paper	纸上的几句话
154	or in the comments under this video.	或在本视频下的评论中。
155	Then go back to the start of this lesson	然后回到这个课的开始
156	and watch it again to check your answers	再看一遍检查你的答案
157	and to make sure that the information sinks in.	确保信息汇入。
158	Remember to practise using what you've learnt today.	记住用你今天学到的练习
159	Don't just watch these lessons,	别光看这些课
160	use the English that I teach you.	用我教你的英语
161	Now if you want to keep practising,	如果你想继续练习
162	then check out this lesson up here.	然后看看这里的教训。
163	Oh and the modal verbs lesson	和模式动词课
164	that talks about probability and possibility	谈论概率和可能性
165	is right here.	就在这里。
166	So thanks for watching and I'll see you again	所以,谢谢你的观看,我会再见你
167	next week for a new lesson.	下周要上新课
168	Bye for now!	再见!

该视频共有字幕 168 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P9 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p09 8. 8. 英语时态 008 - 动名词 (P9)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p09 8. 8. 英语时态 008 - 动名词 (P9)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 11:09

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:00	Well hey there!	嘿,你好吗?
0:01	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	我是英语的艾玛!
0:05	What is a gerund?	什么是老年?
0:07	Do you know?	你知道吗?
0:08	I can tell you that I didn't even know	我可以告诉你,我甚至不知道
0:10	what a gerund was	多么壮观
0:12	before I started studying to be a teacher.	在我开始学习成为老师之前
0:16	But native English speakers use gerunds	但当地英语使用者使用 Grunds
0:19	a lot in English, all the time,	很多英语,所有的时间,
0:22	whether we realise it or not.	无论我们是否意识到这一点。

展开字幕全文（202 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Well hey there!	嘿,你好吗?
2	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	我是英语的艾玛!
3	What is a gerund?	什么是老年?
4	Do you know?	你知道吗?
5	I can tell you that I didn't even know	我可以告诉你,我甚至不知道
6	what a gerund was	多么壮观
7	before I started studying to be a teacher.	在我开始学习成为老师之前
8	But native English speakers use gerunds	但当地英语使用者使用 Grunds
9	a lot in English, all the time,	很多英语,所有的时间,
10	whether we realise it or not.	无论我们是否意识到这一点。
11	So it's important that you understand them too	所以你也一定要明白他们
12	and in today's lesson,	在今天的课上,
13	I'm going to show you how.	示众曰.
14	Okay, I'm going to start by answering your question	好,我先回答你的问题
15	in the simplest way possible.	尽可能简单
16	What is a gerund?	什么是老年?
17	Gerunds look like a verb	格伦茨看起来像一个动词
18	but they're actually a noun.	但他们其实是一个名词。
19	Okay, perhaps you still don't know what that means.	好吧,也许你仍然不知道这意味着什么。
20	We all know that a verb is an action, right?	我们都知道动词是一种动作,对吧?
21	We do a verb.	我们做一个动词。
22	For example,	举例来说,
23	But sometimes, I just want to talk about an action,	但有时候我只想谈谈行动
24	not do it.	不这样做。
25	Jogging is one of my favourite ways to exercise.	慢跑是我最喜欢的练习方式之一
26	I love jogging.	我喜欢慢跑
27	I'm talking about jogging as an action.	我说慢跑是一种动作。
28	I'm not jogging right now.	我现在没有慢跑。
29	I'm just talking about something	我只是说说而已
30	that I love to do.	我喜欢这样做。
31	So in other words,	所以换句话说
32	I'm referring to the action of jogging as a noun	我是指慢跑作为名词的动作
33	or a thing.	或东西。
34	So I've just used the gerund.	所以我刚刚用到了基因。
35	That's a gerund.	真是个大坏蛋
36	I used a word that looks like a verb as a noun.	我用一个看起来像动词的词作为名词.
37	So that's not too difficult, is it?	所以,这不是太难,是吗?
38	And if you think this video will be helpful	如果你觉得这段视频有帮助的话
39	for any of your friends, then share it with them.	你的任何朋友,你都可以与他们分享。
40	You know, the one that really needs some help	你知道,那个真正需要帮助的人
41	with their English?	用他们的英语?
42	Tell them to subscribe!	叫他们认购!
43	I make new videos answering your trickiest	我做了新的视频回答你最狡猾的
44	English questions here every week.	每周都在这里问英语
45	So how can we recognise the gerund?	那么,我们怎么才能认得那个老人呢?
46	What does it look like?	它看起来像什么?
47	Well the gerund is formed by adding	果冻是通过添加而形成的
48	ing to the base form of a verb	向动词的基态
49	or the bare infinitive form.	或裸露的、无穷无尽的形态。
50	So the base form is	所以基础形式是
51	jog with ing, jogging.	慢跑与ing,慢跑。
52	I love jogging.	我喜欢慢跑
53	Jog is the base form, jogging is the gerund.	慢跑是基础形式,慢跑是遗传形式.
54	So obviously, the reason why this is confusing	所以很明显,原因这一点令人困惑
55	is because this looks a lot like	因为这看起来很像
56	the continuous form of the verb, right?	动词的连续形式,对不对?
57	So to recognise a gerund, you need to pay attention	所以,为了识别一个老人,你需要注意
58	to how it's used in a sentence.	如何用在一个句子里。
59	And I've got a test for you.	我有一个测试给你。
60	I absolutely love singing.	我绝对喜欢唱歌
61	But performing in public makes me really nervous.	但公开表演让我很紧张
62	Standing on a stage in front of a crowd is terrifying.	站在人群面前的舞台上是可怕的。
63	So did you hear all of those gerunds?	你听说过那些老人吗?
64	Did you recognise them?	你认得他们吗?
65	Let's take a closer look.	让我们仔细看看。
66	I absolutely love singing	我绝对喜欢唱歌
67	but performing in public makes me really nervous.	但公开表演让我很紧张
68	Standing on stage in front of a crowd is terrifying.	站在人群面前的舞台是可怕的。
69	Okay, so far we've learned generally what a gerund is	好吧,到目前为止,我们已经了解到普遍是什么老年
70	and how to make a gerund.	和如何使一个老人。
71	So here's the next question.	下面是下一个问题。
72	When and how do we use gerunds?	我们什么时候和如何使用老年?
73	Just like nouns, gerunds can be used	就像名词一样老年可以使用
74	in many different situations.	在许多不同的情况下。
75	They can be used as the subject of a sentence,	它们可以用作句子的主题,
76	the object of a sentence.	句子的对象。
77	They can be used after prepositions.	预置后可以使用.
78	They can be used with fixed expressions.	它们可以用固定的表达式.
79	And we can sometimes use a gerund after another verb.	我们有时可以使用另一个动词之后的基因。
80	That's a lot of different possibilities	这有很多不同的可能性
81	so let's break them down together.	所以,让我们分开他们一起。
82	Firstly, you can use a gerund when you want to use a verb	首先,当您想要使用动词时可以使用 gurund
83	as the subject of a sentence or a phrase.	作为句子或句子的主题.
84	Volunteering is a great way to give back to your community.	志愿工作是回报你的社区的好方法.
85	Eating fruits and vegetables is important for a healthy diet.	吃水果和蔬菜对健康饮食很重要。
86	Studying gerunds doesn't have to be frustrating.	修习老年不一定要让人沮丧.
87	Okay, so now it's your turn.	好了,现在轮到你了。
88	I want you to write a sentence in the comments	我要你在评论中写一句
89	below this video to practise.	在录像下面练习
90	Tell me, what can be frustrating?	告诉我,什么会让人沮丧?
91	Or what else is important to your health?	或者还有什么对你的健康很重要的?
92	Write a sentence, write an answer to that question	写一句话,写一个答案
93	in the comments below this video and make sure	在此视频下面的评论中确保
94	you're using a gerund, not just a noun.	你用的是古老的名词不只是名词
95	We're practising gerunds today, right?	我们今天在练习老年技术,对吧?
96	Pause the video if you need to but tell me	如果需要暂停录像,请告诉我
97	what frustrates you in the comments.	是什么让你在评论中失望。
98	Next, you can use a gerund as the object of a sentence.	接下来,您可以使用 gerund 作为句子的对象.
99	Now there are some very common verbs	现在有一些非常常见的动词
100	that take gerunds as objects.	以基因为对象。
101	All of these verbs can be followed by a gerund.	所有这些动词都可以跟随基因变种.
102	She really enjoys taking pictures of sunsets.	她很喜欢拍日落的照片
103	I prefer buying meat from my local butcher.	我更喜欢从本地屠夫那里买肉
104	Okay, it's your turn now.	好了该你了
105	What do you dislike doing?	你不喜欢做什么?
106	What do you prefer doing?	你喜欢做什么?
107	Write your sentence in the comments below.	在下面的评论中写下你的句子。
108	When you see a verb after a preposition,	当你看到动词在一个预设后,
109	it's actually often a gerund.	它实际上常常是一个基因。
110	You remember prepositions, right?	你还记得预设位置吧?
111	I talked about them here in this lesson	我在这上课的时候讲到的
112	if you need a refresher.	如果你需要复习。
113	They're words like	这些话就像
114	on, at, in, under, behind, without.	在,在,在,在,在后面,没有。
115	And so these rules about prepositions	所以这些关于预设的规则
116	include expressions that end in prepositions like	包括诸如
117	in spite of.	尽管如此
118	In spite of training for years,	尽管训练多年
119	she got knocked out of the tournament	她被踢出锦标赛
120	in the first round.	在第一轮。
121	There's no point in.	入无量义.
122	There's no point in taking your jacket.	拿你的外套没意义
123	It's really hot outside.	外面真热
124	Fed up with.	装满了
125	I'm fed up with asking you to be quiet.	我受够了让你安静
126	There are some really common expressions	有一些很常见的表达方式
127	that are followed by gerunds too.	之后还有老人
128	Really, you do just need to memorise these ones	真的,你只需要记住这些
129	like can't help.	就像帮不上忙一样
130	I can't help being a perfectionist.	我忍不住要成为一个完美主义者
131	Can't stand.	无法忍受。
132	I can't stand working with people	我受不了和别人合作
133	who always show up late.	总是迟到的
134	It's no use.	无用.
135	It's no use leaving a message.	留个口信没用的
136	She never calls back anyway.	她再也没回过电话
137	To be worth.	为值.
138	It's not worth spending so much money.	不值得花这么多钱。
139	These are all really common expressions	这些都是很常见的表达方式
140	that are followed by a gerund.	之后,还有一个老人。
141	And guess what?	你猜怎么着?
142	It's your turn again!	轮到你了!
143	It's your turn to write a sentence.	该你写句子了
144	What are some of the things that you can't stand doing?	你受不了的东西是什么?
145	Write it in the comments below.	在下面的评论中写下。
146	Now you may also see gerunds used after another verb.	现在,你也可以看到继另一个动词之后使用的基因。
147	Now some verbs can be followed by a gerund	现在,有些动词可以跟随基因
148	or the to infinitive and this can be a little confusing	也可能是无穷无尽这可能会有点混乱
149	because actually, choosing one or the other	因为实际上,选择一个或另一个
150	can change the overall meaning of a sentence	可以改变句子的总体含义
151	because in one sentence, the word is a noun	因为一句话,这个词是一个名词
152	and in the other, it's a verb.	而在另一个则是一个动词.
153	So for example,	比如说,
154	I'll never forget driving along the coast of Sicily.	我永远不会忘记在西西里海岸开车
155	It was truly stunning.	实在是太棒了
156	Don't forget to take your grandma to the supermarket.	别忘了带奶奶去超市
157	I've actually opened a can of worms there.	我在那开了一罐虫子
158	So I've made an extra lesson, a separate lesson	所以我做了一个额外的课, 一个单独的课
159	about gerunds and infinitives and you can watch it	关于老年和无限你可以看它
160	right here on the mmmEnglish channel next week.	就在下周的英国频道上
161	It's going to be my next lesson so I'll go over	这将是我的下一个课所以我会过去
162	more details about the difference between infinitives	更多关于无限差异的细节
163	infinitives and gerunds in that lesson.	在那个课程中,无穷无尽和深渊。
164	Make sure you subscribe so you don't miss it.	确保你订阅,以免错过.
165	So let's practise what we've learnt already in this lesson.	因此,让我们实践一下我们已经学到的教训。
166	I want you to find the gerund in each of the examples	我要你在每一个例子中都找到
167	that I'm about to put here and tell me	我要放在这里告诉我
168	is it being used as a subject, an object,	它是否被用作主题、物品,
169	after a preposition or with an expression?	在预设或表达之后?
170	It's no use avoiding him.	躲他没用
171	He'll keep asking you until you say yes.	他会一直问你,直到你答应。
172	What's the gerund?	什么鬼东西?
173	Avoiding, right?	避免,对不对?
174	And it's a gerund used with a common expression.	并且它是一种带有共同表达的基因。
175	It's no use.	无用.
176	It's no use avoiding.	避之无益.
177	It's no use asking.	问无用.
178	Do you feel like watching a horror movie	你想看恐怖片吗?
179	or a romantic film?	还是浪漫电影?
180	Which is the gerund?	哪一个是老人院?
181	And it's a gerund used as an object, isn't it?	并且是作为物体用的宝石,不是吗?
182	Not realising that one of my kids is sick	没想到我的孩子生病了
183	is one of my biggest fears.	我最大的恐惧之一。
184	So the gerund is	这么说来,基因是
185	Realising.	实现。
186	And it's a gerund used as a subject.	并且是作为研究对象使用的基因.
187	Used as a subject.	用作题材.
188	In spite of being injured,	尽管受伤,
189	she still managed to finish the marathon.	她还是成功完成了马拉松
190	So the gerund is being.	故果伦是.
191	And it's a gerund used after a preposition.	它是一个在预设后使用的基因。
192	So do you feel a little more confident	所以,你觉得有点自信
193	about gerunds now?	关于现在的老年?
194	I'm going to go down into the comments	我要下到评论中去
195	and check your sentences now	现在检查你的句子
196	so I can make sure that you've been using	所以我可以确定你用过
197	your gerunds correctly.	你们的基因正确
198	And for all of those other pesky English topics,	对于其他的英语话题,
199	make sure you subscribe to the mmmEnglish channel.	确保您订阅 mmm 英语频道。
200	I cover new topics and tips every week,	我每周讨论新话题和小说
201	just like these ones.	就像这些一样
202	I'll see you in the next lesson!	下一课见!

该视频共有字幕 202 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P10 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p10 9. 9. 英语时态 009 - 如何使用动名词 (P10)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p10 9. 9. 英语时态 009 - 如何使用动名词 (P10)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 11:15

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:01	Stop to buy bread from the supermarket.	停止从超市买面包。
0:06	Stop buying bread from the supermarket.	别再从超市买面包了
0:10	Do these two sentences have the same meaning?	这两句有同义吗?
0:12	No.	没有
0:13	And in this lesson, I'll show you why.	在这个课上,我会告诉你为什么。
0:25	你好,我是Emma,从mmm英语!
0:28	Today I'm going to show you how verb patterns	今天我要告诉你动词模式
0:32	can affect the meaning of sentences in English.	可以影响句子在英语中的含义.
0:36	You see, a verb followed by a gerund	你看,一个动词后面是老年
0:39	can have a completely different meaning	可以有完全不同的意义

展开字幕全文（203 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Stop to buy bread from the supermarket.	停止从超市买面包。
2	Stop buying bread from the supermarket.	别再从超市买面包了
3	Do these two sentences have the same meaning?	这两句有同义吗?
4	No.	没有
5	And in this lesson, I'll show you why.	在这个课上,我会告诉你为什么。
6	你好,我是Emma,从mmm英语!
7	Today I'm going to show you how verb patterns	今天我要告诉你动词模式
8	can affect the meaning of sentences in English.	可以影响句子在英语中的含义.
9	You see, a verb followed by a gerund	你看,一个动词后面是老年
10	can have a completely different meaning	可以有完全不同的意义
11	than if the same verb is followed by an infinitive verb.	比若同一动词后面是无限动词.
12	Whoa!	哗!
13	What's a gerund?	何谓果报.
14	A gerund looks like a verb but it's actually a noun.	基因看起来像动词,其实是名词.
15	It's formed by adding –ing to the end of the base form	它通过在基体的末端加上- 来形成
16	of the verb.	动词。
17	So a gerund is the base form with –ing.	因此,基因是基质形式与-ing。
18	Listening to music helps me relax.	听音乐能让我放松
19	This lesson right here will explain gerunds for you	这个教训会解释给你听
20	in much more detail.	更详细。
21	But the infinitive is the base form of the verb.	但无穷是动词的基本形式.
22	But there are two types of infinitives in English.	但英语有两种无穷论.
23	The to infinitive which is the verb with to, to listen.	无限的动词是用来听的
24	I prefer not to listen to music when I'm working.	我工作的时候最好不要听音乐
25	But there's also the zero infinitive or the base form.	但也有零无限或基数形式.
26	So that's the verb without to.	因此,这是动词没有到。
27	Please listen carefully to my instructions.	请仔细听我的指示
28	Today we're focusing on the to infinitive.	今天我们专注于无限。
29	So the verb with to.	所以动词用到。
30	And there are many, many verbs in English	英语中有很多很多动词
31	that can be followed either by a gerund	之后,可以要么一个老人
32	or the to infinitive.	或者无穷无尽。
33	Now you may hear this called a verb pattern	现在你可能听到这个叫动词模式
34	when two verbs appear together in a sentence.	当两个动词在一个句子中一起出现时.
35	Some verbs completely change meaning	一些动词完全改变了意义
36	when they're followed by either a gerund	当他们跟随要么一个老人
37	or the to infinitive.	或者无穷无尽。
38	So back to today's big question.	所以回到今天的大问题。
39	What's the difference between stop buying bread	停止购买面包有什么区别
40	and stop to buy bread?	然后停下来买面包?
41	Well stop with a gerund means to quit an action.	好了,停止一个老年意味着退出行动。
42	Stop buying bread from the supermarket.	别再从超市买面包了
43	It's an order to never buy bread again	别再买面包是命令
44	from the supermarket.	从超市。
45	Maybe the bread's too expensive or it's not good quality	也许面包太贵了或者质量不好
46	but whatever the reason, stop buying bread	但不管是什么原因别再买面包了
47	from the supermarket means don't buy bread there anymore.	从超市意味着不再在那里买面包。
48	Since we're talking about completely quitting an action,	既然我们要彻底放弃行动
49	this is also the form that you should use	这也是您应该使用的形式
50	when you're talking about addictions or bad habits.	当你谈论成瘾或不良习惯时
51	Stop smoking cigarettes, it's bad for your health.	戒烟,对身体不好
52	Stop biting your nails, it's gross.	别咬你的指甲了太恶心了
53	I wish you'd stop biting your nails, it's gross.	我希望你别再咬你的指甲了太恶心了
54	Do you have a bad habit that you know	你有一个坏习惯你知道
55	you should stop doing?	你应该停止做?
56	Write a sentence about it in the comments below.	在下面的评论中写一句关于它的话.
57	Make sure you use the gerund form, right?	确保你使用老年形式,对不对?
58	Okay so there's a quick ad break right now,	好吧,现在有一个快速的广告休息,
59	just enough time for you to write your sentence	足够你写句子了
60	before we move on to stop with the infinitive form.	在用无限形式停止之前
61	Stop with the to infinitive means to pause	停止无穷无尽的暂停手段
62	or leave one action to do another.	或者留下一个动作来做另一个动作。
63	Stop to buy bread from the supermarket.	停止从超市买面包。
64	So this is also an order or an instruction	所以这是命令或指示
65	but it's to stop at the supermarket	不过是停在超市
66	as you go past and get some bread.	当你过去拿面包时
67	So you stop the action of walking or driving by,	所以,你停止行动步行或开车经过,
68	you interrupt that action,	你打断了行动,
69	to go and buy some bread from the supermarket	去超市买面包
70	but then you would continue back on your journey.	但你会继续你的旅程。
71	So let's talk about a few more examples.	因此,让我们再谈谈几个例子。
72	Make sure you stop to talk to Sarah	千万别跟莎拉说话
73	before you leave work today.	在你离开工作之前
74	She's got something important to tell you.	她有重要的事要告诉你
75	I worked all day, I didn't even stop to eat lunch.	我工作了一整天,我甚至没有停止吃午饭。
76	Okay great!	好吧,伟大的!
77	So stop followed by a gerund has a completely	所以,停止跟随一个老人有一个完全
78	different meaning to stop followed by the to infinitive.	不同的意义停止之后无限。
79	Now do all verbs change meaning	现在做所有的动词改变意义
80	when they're followed by a gerund or an infinitive?	当他们被追随的时候,
81	That's a good question but the answer is no.	这是一个好问题,但答案是否定的。
82	Some verbs keep the same meaning	有些动词保留相同的含义
83	if they're followed by a gerund or the to infinitive.	如果他们跟随的是一个老人或者无限。
84	Let's take a look at the word start.	试看词头.
85	We start eating dinner at seven.	我们7点开始吃晚饭
86	We start to eat dinner at seven.	我们7点就开始吃晚餐了
87	Is there a big difference in meaning	意思有没有很大区别
88	between these two sentences?	这两个句子之间?
89	Nope.	没有
90	So how do you know which verbs change meaning	你怎么知道哪个动词会改变意义
91	when followed by a gerund or an infinitive?	之后,有果实,或无穷的果实。
92	Now the answer is not as simple as you want it to be.	现在答案并不像你想的那样简单。
93	You need to learn them.	你需要学习他们。
94	You need to study, get familiar with different	你需要学习,熟悉不同的事物
95	verb patterns and practise using them.	动词模式并练习使用.
96	The more you see and use these verb patterns,	你越看到和使用这些动词模式,
97	the more naturally you'll start to use them.	越自然,你会开始使用它们。
98	But to get you started, I've got some more common verbs	但为了让你开始我有些更常见的动词
99	and their meanings when they're followed by a gerund	以及当他们跟随一个古老的
100	or an infinitive verb.	或者无限动词
101	So don't stop watching, it's just getting interesting!	所以不要停止看, 它只是越来越有趣!
102	Forget!	忘记吧!
103	I'll never forget watching my first horror movie.	我永远不会忘记看我的第一部恐怖片。
104	Don't forget to watch the news tonight!	别忘了看今晚的新闻!
105	Do these verb patterns have the same meaning?	这些动词模式有相同的含义吗?
106	No, not at all!	不,一点也不!
107	Forget with a gerund means to look back at past memories.	忘却过去记忆的意义
108	I'll never forget watching my first horror movie.	我永远不会忘记看我的第一部恐怖片。
109	I was so scared that I couldn't sleep for weeks.	我很害怕,好几个星期都睡不着
110	I wish I could forget falling down the stairs	我希望我能忘记从楼梯上摔下来
111	in front of the whole school.	在整个学校前。
112	So let's try this together.	我们一起试试看
113	Do you have an embarrassing memory	你有一个尴尬的记忆
114	that you wish you could forget?	你希望你能忘记?
115	Write a sentence in the comments below	在下面的评论中写一句
116	so that I can check it for you.	这样我才能帮你检查一下
117	Now forget with the to infinitive is used	现在,忘记用到无限
118	to give a reminder to someone,	以教诲别人,
119	to make sure that they do something.	让他们做点什么
120	That they don't forget.	他们不会忘记的
121	Don't forget to watch the news tonight!	别忘了看今晚的新闻!
122	I was interviewed on the main street today	我今天在大街上接受采访
123	so I don't want you to miss it.	所以我不希望你错过它。
124	Don't forget to bring your tickets	别忘了带票
125	otherwise they won't let you into the show.	否则他们不会让你参加演出的
126	Remember!	记住!
127	Do you remember dancing with me on our first date?	你还记得第一次约会时跟我跳舞吗?
128	Remember to take lots of pictures on your trip.	记得在旅途中拍很多照片
129	Do you notice any similarities between forget	你是否注意到任何相似的遗忘
130	and remember?	还记得吗?
131	Remember with a gerund is used to talk about a memory.	记住跟一个老人在一起用来谈论一个记忆
132	What do you remember about your first date?	你第一次约会记得什么?
133	I remember eating ribs covered in sticky sauce	我记得我吃的肋骨被黏糊糊的酱汁
134	with my hands.	用我的双手。
135	Thanks, Shah.	谢谢沙尔
136	It was really awkward, I had sticky stuff	真的很尴尬,我有粘糊糊的东西
137	coming all the way down my arms.	从我怀里走来
138	Gross!	真恶心!
139	What do you remember about your first date?	你第一次约会记得什么?
140	Write it in the comments.	在评论中写.
141	Now remember with the to infinitive	现在记住要无限
142	is used to talk about something	用来谈论一些事情
143	that someone needs to do,	有人需要这样做,
144	to remind them to do something.	提醒他们做点什么
145	Remember to whisk the eggs before adding the sugar.	记得在加糖之前先擦蛋
146	Remember to turn at the intersection	记得在十字路口转弯
147	otherwise you'll get stuck on a one-way road.	否则你会被困在单行道上
148	Regret.	对不起
149	The verb regret with a gerund is used to talk about	动词对格伦德的遗憾是用来谈论
150	something that you did in the past	你过去做过的事
151	that you aren't happy about anymore.	你不高兴了。
152	You know, decisions that you made in the past	你过去的决定
153	that you wish you didn't make.	你希望你没有做。
154	When you wish you could go back in time	当你希望你能回到过去的时候
155	and change those actions.	并改变这些行动。
156	He regretted yelling at her as soon as she walked away.	他后悔她一走就对她大喊大叫
157	He woke up with a pounding headache	他醒来时头痛
158	and immediately regretted drinking so much	并立即后悔喝这么多
159	the night before.	之前的那个晚上
160	What do you wish you could go back in time	你希望你能回到过去
161	and change?	换衣服?
162	Can you write a sentence about it?	你能写一句吗?
163	Add it to the comments.	在评论中加入.
164	Now regret with the to infinitive	现在后悔到无限
165	is used to tell someone bad news	用来告诉别人坏消息
166	or something that they don't want to hear.	或者他们不想听的东西
167	And this verb pattern is really formal language.	而这种动词模式确实是正式的语言.
168	And it's always followed by bad news.	而后总有坏报.
169	So these are the words that you don't want to hear	这就是你不想听的话
170	after a job interview.	面试后
171	I regret to say that I wasn't impressed	我很遗憾地说,我没有印象
172	by the performance.	由表现。
173	We regret to inform you that you have	我们遗憾地通知你,你有
174	ten days left to pay the account	还剩十天还账
175	otherwise we'll close it.	否则我们会关闭它。
176	Mean.	恶毒。
177	We missed our bus which meant waiting	我们错过了我们的公交车,这意味着等待
178	six hours until the next one.	离下一个还有六个小时
179	Did you mean to miss the meeting this morning?	你想错过今天上午的会议吗?
180	So when mean is followed by a gerund,	当恶行降临的时候,
181	it's used to talk about what the response	它用来谈论什么反应
182	or the result of something is.	或结果的东西是。
183	Make sure you bring your jacket	记得带上你的夹克
184	or it will mean getting really wet and cold.	也就是说会变得很湿冷
185	Visiting my sister in London means	拜访我在伦敦的妹妹意味着
186	spending eight hours on a plane.	在飞机上花了8小时
187	Mean with the to infinitive is used	使用无限值
188	when you intend or you plan to do something.	当你打算或计划做什么。
189	So when it's used in the past tense,	所以当它被用在过去的紧张,
190	this verb is especially useful for excuses.	这个动词对于借口特别有用.
191	I meant to call you last night but I totally forgot.	我昨晚想给你打电话但我完全忘了
192	She meant to put sugar in your coffee	她想把糖放进你的咖啡里
193	but she accidentally added salt.	但她不小心加了盐
194	So now that you've had plenty of time	所以现在你有足够的时间
195	and plenty of practice with gerunds and infinitives,	和许多有精华和无穷的修行,
196	it's time to move on to a new lesson.	是时候上新课了
197	Don't stop watching yet!	别停下来看!
198	Try these lessons right here!	试试这门课!
199	And remember to subscribe to my channel	记得订阅我的频道
200	just down here.	就在这里。
201	And don't forget to share this video	别忘了分享这段视频
202	using the share button just down there.	使用共享按钮就在下面。
203	See you in the next lesson!	下一课见!

该视频共有字幕 203 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P11 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p11 10. 10. 英语时态 010 - 你不断犯的常见英语错误的语法错误 (P11)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p11 10. 10. 英语时态 010 - 你不断犯的常见英语错误的语法错误 (P11)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 13:33

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:00	This video is one that I've been meaning to make	这段录像是我想拍的
0:03	for a long time.	长久以来
0:04	There are a few really common mistakes	有几个很常见的错误
0:07	that my students keep making.	我的学生们一直在做。
0:10	Obviously, nobody is telling you	显然没人告诉你
0:12	so how else are you supposed to correct them?	那你还能怎么纠正他们?
0:14	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish and in this lesson,	我是Emma,从mmm英语和在这个课程,
0:18	I'm going to share three really common grammar mistakes	我要分享三个很常见的语法错误
0:22	that you need to stop making.	你需要停止制作。
0:25	So don't go anywhere.	所以别去任何地方。

展开字幕全文（267 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	This video is one that I've been meaning to make	这段录像是我想拍的
2	for a long time.	长久以来
3	There are a few really common mistakes	有几个很常见的错误
4	that my students keep making.	我的学生们一直在做。
5	Obviously, nobody is telling you	显然没人告诉你
6	so how else are you supposed to correct them?	那你还能怎么纠正他们?
7	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish and in this lesson,	我是Emma,从mmm英语和在这个课程,
8	I'm going to share three really common grammar mistakes	我要分享三个很常见的语法错误
9	that you need to stop making.	你需要停止制作。
10	So don't go anywhere.	所以别去任何地方。
11	I've been teaching English for many years now.	我教英语很多年了
12	I've taught students online, in classrooms	我在课堂上教过学生
13	and in so many different countries around the world.	以及世界上很多不同的国家
14	But there are some really common mistakes	但也有一些很常见的错误
15	that I keep hearing my students make all the time	我不停地听到我的学生一直做
16	and they're not even bad mistakes, they're just bad habits	他们不是坏错误,只是坏习惯
17	that you've learned really early	你学得真早
18	and you've just never gotten rid of.	你只是从来没有摆脱过。
19	And I'm really curious to find out if you make the mistakes	我很想知道你是否犯了错
20	that I'm sharing this lesson to.	我把这个教训告诉大家
21	It's really difficult, in fact, it's almost impossible	这真的很难,事实上,几乎不可能
22	to know what mistakes you're making	知道你犯了什么错误
23	if nobody tells you, right?	如果没人告诉你,对不对?
24	So you're completely forgiven, it's not your fault.	所以你被原谅了这不是你的错
25	It's just that nobody tells you that you've made a mistake.	只是没人告诉你你犯了错误
26	Native speakers just think in their head	讲原住民话的人脑子里想
27	oh no, they mean that but they never say anything to you.	哦,不,他们的意思是,但他们从来没有对你说什么。
28	But it's all good, today we're going to sort	但一切都很好,今天我们要整理
29	all of this out.	所有这一切了。
30	Now one of the best ways to even realise	现在最好的方法之一甚至意识到
31	that you've been making mistakes in the first place	你一开始就犯过错
32	is to spend some time with a native English teacher,	和本地英语老师相处一段时间
33	not a native English speaker.	不是母语英语。
34	They're not going to correct these kinds of mistakes for you	他们不会纠正这些错误的
35	but a teacher can and this is really easy to do	但老师可以,这真的很容易做
36	if you go to English classes at a language school, right?	如果你在语言学校上英语课,对吧?
37	But then you've got to go all the way to those classes,	但你得一直去那些班级
38	do the classes, come home again.	上课,再回家。
39	It's really time-consuming	真的很费时
40	and it's hard to do that intensively.	很难做到这一点。
41	Well this is exactly how I felt	这正是我的感受
42	when I became a Lingoda student.	当我成为林高达的学生。
43	I just didn't have time to go to a language school	我只是没有时间上语言学校
44	but Lingoda really is just like going to a language school	但是Lingoda真的就像上语言学校一样
45	but all the classes are online.	但是所有课程都在网上
46	I still get native teachers.	我还有本地老师
47	I get workbooks with every lesson to help me prepare	我有工作手册每一个课程帮助我准备
48	for classes and review them afterwards.	课后再审
49	I get certificates as I increase my skills	我得到证书,因为我提高了我的技能
50	从A1到C2.
51	I get to hang out with classmates	我和同学出去玩
52	but it's way more flexible.	但它更灵活。
53	I don't have to travel.	我不用去旅行了来
54	I can do it from anywhere.	我可以从任何地方做到这一点。
55	If you want to try Lingoda for yourself,	如果你想自己试试Lingoda
56	you can grab a free trial from their website	你可以在他们的网站上免费审判
57	but they're offering mmmEnglish students	但他们提供英国学生
58	twenty-five percent off their first package of lessons.	他们的第一课有25%
59	So if you want to make the most of that deal,	所以,如果你想做出最大的交易,
60	then use the link that's in the description.	然后使用描述中的链接。
61	And this voucher code.	还有这个凭单代码
62	Guys, Lingoda really is not that expensive.	伙计们林高达真的没那么贵
63	I'm pretty sure that their classes start	我敢肯定,他们开始上课
64	from around eight euros.	大约8欧元。
65	And yes, Lingoda are a sponsor of the mmmEnglish channel	是的,Lingoda是英语频道的赞助商
66	but I'm also a paying student of theirs myself	但我也是他们的学生
67	so I can confidently tell you that studying with Lingoda	所以我可以自信地告诉你跟Lingoda一起学习
68	is like going to a language school	就像上语言学校
69	but I think it's even better because it's flexible	但我觉得这样更好因为它很灵活
70	and you can take your classes whenever it suits you.	你可以随时上课
71	Okay time to fix these three common mistakes.	好了,是时候解决这3个常见的错误了。
72	Number one, these words are not interchangeable, right?	第一,这些词不能互换,对吧?
73	Fun and funny, they're both common English adjectives	有趣的是,它们都是常见的英文形容词
74	but they mean two quite different things.	但它们意味着两个完全不同的东西。
75	Seriously, they're really different.	说真的,他们真的不一样。
76	When you use fun as an adjective,	当你用乐趣作为形容词时,
77	it means enjoyable and entertaining.	它意味着享受和娱乐。
78	We use fun to talk about situations and events	我们用乐趣来谈论局势和事件
79	and people and activities	人和活动
80	when they help us to have a good time.	当他们帮助我们玩得开心的时候
81	So the opposite of fun would be	所以,与乐趣相反的是
82	boring, dull, right?	无聊,无聊,对不对?
83	But the meaning of funny is very different, right?	但滑稽的意义是非常不同的,对不对?
84	We use funny as an adjective in two ways.	我们用幽默作为形容词有两种方式.
85	Most commonly, to describe situations	最常见的是描述情况
86	or even people that are humorous, right?	甚至是幽默的人,对不对?
87	People or situations that make us laugh.	人或情况让我们笑。
88	And the second meaning of funny is to describe something	滑稽的第二个意义是描述一些东西
89	as a little weird or a bit strange, odd.	有点奇怪或有点奇怪有点奇怪
90	So you could say	所以你可以说
91	but you could also say	但你也可以说
92	like a little weird.	像一个有点奇怪。
93	Now the problem that most of my students have	现在,我大多数学生的问题
94	is that they use funny instead of fun.	他们用搞笑而不是好玩
95	Remember the meaning of these two adjectives	记住这两个形容词的意义
96	is completely different.	这是完全不同的。
97	It sounds funny if my students are using	如果我的学生在用,这听起来很有趣
98	funny instead of fun.	有趣而不是乐趣。
99	Describing a party as fun means that I had	将派对形容为乐趣意味着我有
100	a really good time, I enjoyed myself.	玩得很开心
101	Maybe I was dancing, maybe I was playing board games.	也许我在跳舞,也许我在玩游戏
102	I wasn't bored.	我不无聊。
103	Now if I describe a party as funny,	现在,如果我形容一个派对是有趣的,
104	then it means I laughed a lot.	那就意味着我笑得很多
105	Maybe something happened that was really quite humorous	也许发生了一件很幽默的事
106	or it means that the party was weird, strange.	或者意味着派对很奇怪
107	Maybe everyone wore an eye mask the whole time	也许每个人都一直戴着眼罩
108	and you couldn't see anyone or anything that was going on.	你看不到任何人或发生的一切。
109	That's weird.	这很奇怪。
110	All right I'm going to do a little quick test	好吧,我要做一个快速的测试
111	before we move on.	在我们继续前进之前
112	Fun or funny?	好玩还是搞笑?
113	Okay.	摆
114	I watched a movie last night that made me laugh a lot.	我昨晚看的电影逗我笑死了
115	It was a comedy.	这是一个喜剧。
116	Right, comedy, funny, right?	对,喜剧,有趣,对不对?
117	It made me laugh.	这让我大笑。
118	Okay what about to describe your friend	好吧,怎么样描述你的朋友
119	who you always have a good time with,	你总是和谁玩得开心,
120	who's always inventing entertaining games?	谁总是发明娱乐游戏?
121	Fun or funny?	好玩还是搞笑?
122	Your friend helps you to have a good time.	你的朋友帮你玩得开心
123	It's fun, they're fun.	很有趣,他们很有趣。
124	Now describe your friend who always tells great jokes	现在描述一下你的朋友,他总是在开玩笑
125	and makes people laugh.	并让人们笑。
126	That person is funny.	这个人很有趣。
127	Okay you got it, one more.	好吧,你得到了它,一个。
128	Last weekend I went out on my friend's boat.	上个周末我上了我朋友的船
129	We went swimming, we went fishing,	我们去游泳,去钓鱼,
130	the weather was really, really good.	天气真的很,真的不错。
131	Fun or funny?	好玩还是搞笑?
132	Sounds like an enjoyable day, right?	听起来很愉快,对吧?
133	It was fun.	这很有趣。
134	So do you think that you can remember the meanings	所以,你觉得你可以记住的意义
135	of these words to make sure that you don't sound	这些词,以确保你没有声音
136	funny or funny when you use them?	你用的时候好笑还是好笑?
137	Try writing a sentence in the comments	尝试在注释中写一句
138	so that you can practise using them correctly	这样你才能正确练习
139	and make sure you're not using it in the wrong way.	确定你不会用错方法
140	Mistake number two.	第二错.
141	This apple is too juicy.	这苹果太多汁了
142	Okay, too can mean also.	好吧,也可以说。
143	I like it, too means I also like it.	我喜欢它,也意味着我也喜欢它。
144	But the mistake that I'm talking about	但我所说的错误
145	when you use too is to add emphasis.	当你们用它来强调的时候,
146	Now it's a mistake to think that too is a synonym	现在认为同义词也是个错误
147	for very, really or so, okay?	非常,真的还是这样,好吗?
148	Too does add emphasis but it means	增加重点也一样,但这意味着
149	excessive, a higher degree or amount	程度或数额
150	than you actually want or you need.	而不是你实际想要或需要。
151	So it's a negative thing.	故曰阴物.
152	It's more than what you want.	更无所求.
153	So when I said that my apple was too juicy,	所以当我说我的苹果太汁了
154	that sounds negative, like there is more juice	听起来很消极,好像还有更多的果汁
155	than I really want or I like.	而不是我真正想要或喜欢。
156	So I could use very, really or so	所以,我可以用非常,真的还是这样
157	if I wanted to make that adjective stronger.	如果我想让形容词更有力
158	Be careful, that pan is really hot.	小心,那个锅真热
159	I'm so excited to finally see the show.	我很高兴终于看到节目了
160	The test was very difficult for the students to complete.	学生们很难完成测试。
161	So here, none of these words have a positive	所以这里,这些话没有一个是正面的
162	or a negative meaning.	或有负面意义。
163	They're just there to give extra strength	他们只是在那里给予额外的力量
164	to the adjective that they modify.	他们修改的形容词。
165	We can say that something is hot	我们可以说,有些东西是热的
166	but really hot is even more hot.	但真正的热是更热。
167	Or we can say that she's excited	或者我们可以说她很兴奋
168	but we can say she's so excited, all right,	但是我们可以说她太兴奋了
169	to increase the meaning of that adjective.	增加形容词的意义。
170	Now I know what you're thinking.	现在我知道你在想什么了
171	Too also means a lot but it has a negative meaning.	也意味着很多,但它有负面的意义。
172	So too much of something is a bad thing.	太多东西是坏事
173	My tea is too hot, I can't drink it.	我的茶太热了,我不能喝.
174	So too hot means that it's hotter	太热了,就更热了
175	than it was supposed to be or hotter than I want.	比我想的还要热
176	She was too anxious and she started to panic.	她太紧张,开始慌张.
177	The test was too difficult.	测试太困难了
178	None of the students passed.	学生都没有通过.
179	So we're saying it's too difficult means that	所以我们说太难了意味着
180	it was more difficult than it should have been.	事情比本来要困难得多
181	It needed to be easier.	这需要更容易。
182	Now surely having too much money	现在肯定有太多钱了
183	or too much time off work is a good thing, right?	或者休息时间太长是件好事,对吧?
184	But by using too, we're suggesting that	但通过使用同样, 我们建议
185	there's a negative thing, a negative aspect.	有个负面的方面
186	Too much time off work could mean	休息时间太长可能意味着
187	that you're getting lazy.	你变得懒惰。
188	Too much money, maybe you don't care as much	钱太多了,也许你不在乎
189	about the people around you, right?	关于你周围的人,对不对?
190	Using too, it's an important difference	也用它,这是一个重要的区别
191	that you need to recognise	你需要识别
192	and I go into even more detail about using too	我更详细地说使用太
193	in this video right here.	在这段录像里
194	So if you want to keep practising with me, that way.	所以,如果你想继续练习与我,这种方式。
195	Mistake number three.	第三错.
196	Don't call yourself boring.	别自称无聊
197	When you say that, it means you're not interesting,	当你说, 这意味着你不有趣,
198	that you make other people feel bored,	你使别人觉得无聊,
199	that you're really quite dull.	你真的很无聊。
200	What you should say instead is I'm bored, all right?	你应该说,我无聊,好吗?
201	When you've got nothing going on,	当你什么都没有发生时
202	when there's nothing interesting happening around you.	你身边没什么有趣的事
203	This is just a temporary feeling.	这只是一种暂时的感觉。
204	By saying that you're boring,	说你很无聊
205	you're talking about your personality generally, right?	你是指你的个性对吧?
206	We don't want to do that.	我们不想这样做。
207	Don't confuse this.	别搞混了
208	It's a really common mistake that English learners make	英国学生们犯了一个很常见的错误
209	and it's not just about the adjective bored and boring	不只是形容词无聊无聊
210	but it's about any adjective that has an ed	但这是关于任何形容词有编辑
211	and an ing form.	和一个ing形式。
212	There's a really important difference between them.	他们之间确实有很大的区别。
213	So in general, ed adjectives describe	一般来说,Ed形容词描述
214	how people feel about something.	人们的感受
215	We also describe how animals might feel about something	我们还描述了动物对某件事的感受
216	but ing adjectives describe the thing	但是,在形容词描述的东西
217	or the person that causes that emotion.	或造成这种情绪的人。
218	An interesting book makes me feel interested.	一本有趣的书让我觉得感兴趣。
219	An annoying person makes me feel annoyed.	烦人的人让我觉得烦恼
220	So let's go through a few examples together to test this.	因此,让我们一起通过几个例子来检验这一点。
221	I want to describe a situation that was full of energy	我想描述一个充满活力的局面
222	and it made me feel great.	这让我感觉棒极了
223	Was the situation exciting or excited?	情况是刺激还是兴奋?
224	I can't say excited because a situation	我不能说兴奋因为一个情况
225	can't feel anything.	什么都感觉不到
226	Now I want to describe how I felt in a scary situation.	现在我想描述一下我在恐怖情况下的感受。
227	I felt frightened or I felt frightening.	我觉得害怕或害怕
228	It was me who felt something, right?	是我有感觉,对吧?
229	I felt frightened.	我感到恐惧。
230	The situation, whatever was happening around me,	情况,无论发生在我身上,
231	was frightening but I was frightened.	很害怕,但我很害怕。
232	Okay one more before we wrap up today.	好吧,在我们今天结束之前再来一次
233	I want to describe an exam that was difficult	我想描述一下考试很困难
234	for me to take, okay?	对我来说,好吗?
235	The exam was confused or confusing?	考试是混乱还是混乱?
236	Which one?	哪一个?
237	Remember that an exam can't feel things	记住,考试没有感觉
238	so it has to be confusing, right?	所以它必须是混淆,对不对?
239	The confusing exam made me feel confused.	混乱的考试让我感到困惑。
240	If this is a little tricky for you, don't worry.	如果这对你来说有点棘手别担心
241	I've got a whole lesson on ED and ING adjectives	我有关于ED和ING形容词的完整课程
242	right up there so you can check that out next.	就在那里这样你就可以检查出来下一步。
243	So I want to know and be honest,	所以我想要知道和诚实,
244	do you sometimes make these mistakes?	你有时候会犯这些错误吗?
245	Tell me in the comments.	在评论中告诉我。
246	I hope that you learned something new	我希望你学到一些新东西
247	and something useful in this lesson today.	和今天这个课有用的东西。
248	To practise, I really would love you to write a sentence	练习的时候,我真的很想你写句子
249	to prove to me that you watched	证明给我看
250	and understood everything clearly.	并且明白一切。
251	Write one sentence for each of the three mistakes	为这三条错误各写一句
252	that I talked about today and I'm going to come down	我今天谈到的,我要下来
253	and check them out in a minute.	等会儿再检查一下
254	Now if you've got a friend who's learning English	如果你有个朋友在学英语
255	and you think they could really benefit	你以为他们真的会受益
256	from watching this lesson, then please share it with them.	从观看这个教训, 然后请分享给他们。
257	These mistakes are so, so common	这些错误太常见了
258	but we just have to help each other to realise that.	但我们只需要互相帮助才能意识到这一点。
259	Don't be embarrassed about it, just try and fix them okay?	别为这事感到尴尬试着解决他们好吗?
260	Try and break these bad habits.	尝试打破这些坏习惯。
261	All right I hope that you've already subscribed	好吧我希望你已经签了
262	to my channel but I make English lessons here	到我的频道,但我在这里学英语
263	every week so if you haven't, make sure you do.	每星期都这样,如果你没有, 确保你这样做。
264	And for you, I really recommend that right now	对于你,我真的建议现在
265	you head over and check out one of these two lessons here	你过去看看这两门课中的一个
266	so that we can keep practising together.	这样我们才能一起练习
267	I'll see you in there!	我会看到你在那里!

该视频共有字幕 267 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P12 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p12 11. 11. 英语时态 011 - 使用which， that 常见错误 (P12)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p12 11. 11. 英语时态 011 - 使用which， that 常见错误 (P12)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 13:59

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:00	Well hey there!	嘿,你好吗?
0:01	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish.	我是英语的艾玛
0:04	Today we're going to talk about two words	今天我们要谈两个字
0:06	that are pretty similar,	相当相似的,
0:08	two words that I know many of you have been	两句话我知道你们中许多人
0:10	confused about.	困惑。
0:12	Which or that?	哪个还是那个?
0:15	Now these words are exactly what we're going to	现在这些话正是我们要说的
0:17	talk about today.	说今日.
0:18	Which or that in relative clauses.	相对条款中的哪一个或哪一个。

展开字幕全文（269 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Well hey there!	嘿,你好吗?
2	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish.	我是英语的艾玛
3	Today we're going to talk about two words	今天我们要谈两个字
4	that are pretty similar,	相当相似的,
5	two words that I know many of you have been	两句话我知道你们中许多人
6	confused about.	困惑。
7	Which or that?	哪个还是那个?
8	Now these words are exactly what we're going to	现在这些话正是我们要说的
9	talk about today.	说今日.
10	Which or that in relative clauses.	相对条款中的哪一个或哪一个。
11	And I'll check that you've been listening at the	我会检查你一直在听
12	end of this lesson because I've got a mini quiz	结束这个课因为我有个小测验
13	to test you, right?	测试你,对不对?
14	Ten questions in a little over two minutes	两分钟后10个问题
15	so make sure you pay attention.	所以,确保你注意。
16	Guys I'd like to take a moment to offer a big	伙计们,我想花点时间提出一个大
17	warm shout out to our friends at Lingoda	温和的呼喊我们的朋友在林戈达
18	who are sponsoring this lesson for you today.	他们今天赞助这个课程
19	Now most of you already know that I've been	现在你们大多已经知道我一直
20	与Lingoda学习西班牙语
21	every single day for the last month.	在上个月的每一天。
22	I'll show you.	我给你看
23	One day I'll remember which one is which.	总有一天我会记得哪一个
24	Not infierno.	不是无常.
25	In the meantime, here are three things	同时,这里有三件事
26	that I love about Lingoda and why I highly	我爱林高达和为什么我高度
27	recommend you check them out.	建议你检查一下
28	Number one, they have small classes.	第一,他们有小班。
29	With no more than five students in each class,	每个班不超过5名学生
30	I always have the chance to join in.	我总是有机会加入
31	In fact, quite a few of the classes I've had	事实上,我上过很多课
32	were just me and the teacher	只有我和老师
33	which I was like yes, private lesson!	这就像是的,私人课程!
34	Number two, they have native teachers.	第二,他们有本地教师。
35	So for you wanting to learn English,	所以,为了你想学习英语,
36	that includes teachers from the US and the UK.	包括来自美国和英国的教师。
37	And number three, they're really, really affordable.	第三,他们真的,真的很负担得起。
38	Their group classes start from just eight euros a class.	他们的班级从每班八欧元开始
39	So if getting results quickly is important	所以,如果快速得到结果是重要的
40	to you right now, you should definitely check them out.	现在,你绝对应该检查出来。
41	看看Lingoda的链接是
42	in the description below and you'll be supporting me	在下面的描述你会支持我
43	and the mmmEnglish channel if you use it.	并使用 mmm 英文频道。
44	Plus if you use my code at the checkout,	还有如果你在离职时用我的密码
45	you'll get twenty percent off your first purchase.	你第一次买东西会赚20%
46	So which one is it?	那么是哪个?
47	Which or that?	哪个还是那个?
48	These words are super, super common.	这些词是超级,超常见的.
49	They have lots of different uses and meanings.	它们有许多不同的用途和意义.
50	Which causes confusion?	是什么引起混乱?
51	Which cat?	哪只猫?
52	That cat.	那个猫
53	Did you see that?	你看到了吗?
54	Which way do I need to go?	我该走哪条路?
55	But we're not going to go over all of the different uses	但我们不会审查所有不同的用途
56	of which and that in this video today.	其中和今天的视频。
57	There's loads.	有负载.
58	Today we'll focus on those times when it's confusing	今天我们把注意力集中在那些混乱的时刻
59	or it's unclear which one you should be using.	或者不清楚你应该用哪个
60	Which or that?	哪个还是那个?
61	And that's when they're used in relative clauses	这时,它们被用于相对条款
62	to introduce adjective clauses.	引入形容词条款。
63	Wait, wait, wait, wait, wait!	慢着,慢着,慢着!
64	Just pause for a second here.	暂停一下
65	Relative clause, adjective clause.	相对条款,形容词条款.
66	What are we talking about?	我们在说什么?
67	That sounds confusing.	这听起来很混乱。
68	Let's look at a few examples.	举几个例子。
69	It's much easier than it sounds.	这比听起来容易得多
70	So take a look at this sentence here.	看看这个句子
71	My car, which is brand new, is making strange noises.	我的车是全新的, 正在制造奇怪的噪音。
72	Now can you see that this sentence has two parts,	你可以看到这句话有两个部分
73	two separate bits of information about the car?	两个单独的位关于汽车的信息?
74	My car, which is brand new,	我的车,这是全新的,
75	my car is making strange noises.	我的车发出奇怪的声音
76	See how each of these clauses has a subject and a verb?	看到这些条款中的每一条都有一个主题和一个动词吗?
77	That's what makes it a clause.	故为条.
78	Now look at the clause that starts with which.	现在看看从哪个开始的条款。
79	That clause gives us more information about the subject.	该条款为我们提供了有关这一主题的更多信息。
80	It's not just my car, it's my brand new car.	不只是我的车,这是我的新车
81	So which and that are often used at the beginning of clauses	因此,哪些和哪些在条款开头经常使用
82	that give us more information about the subject.	这给我们提供了更多的关于这个主题的信息。
83	And these are the adjective clauses	这些是形容词条款
84	that we talked about earlier.	我们之前说过的
85	They describe the subject in more detail.	他们更详细地描述了这一主题。
86	But there is an important difference	但有一个重要的区别
87	that you need to remember.	你需要记住。
88	That is used for essential clauses.	这被用于基本条款。
89	Now essential means you need it, it's necessary.	现在关键意味着你需要它,这是必要的。
90	You need to use that when you are adding information	添加信息时需要使用
91	that's important.	这很重要。
92	Okay without it,	好吧,没有它,
93	we wouldn't know exactly what you're talking about.	我们不知道你在说什么
94	We use which when the information is not essential.	当信息不重要时,我们使用这些信息。
95	It's nice to have extra information	有额外信息真好
96	but we don't have to have it to understand the meaning.	但我们不必有它来理解它的意义。
97	Without it, we're still going to understand	没有它,我们仍然会明白
98	the clause in the sentence.	句子中的条款。
99	Let's look at a few examples together.	举几个例子一起看看.
100	Remember my car, my brand new car?	记得我的车,我的车吗?
101	I'm using which in this sentence because the information	我用这句子是因为信息
102	that my car is brand new is not essential	我的车是全新的并不重要
103	to the meaning in this sentence.	至此句的意义。
104	I only have one car.	我只有一辆车
105	If I take that part of the sentence out,	如果我把那部分句子拿出来
106	then the sentence still makes sense, right?	那这句话还是有道理的对吧?
107	My car is making strange noises.	我的车发出奇怪的声音
108	Same car, same problem.	同样的车,同样的问题。
109	Just lacking a bit of detail.	只是缺乏一些细节。
110	But now let's look at a different example.	但现在让我们看看另一个例子。
111	The car that I hired last week	上周我租的车
112	was making strange noises.	发出奇怪的声音
113	Now I use that because it's important,	现在我用它是因为它很重要
114	essential information.	基本信息。
115	I'm trying to be specific about the car	我想说说车的事
116	because it's not clear which one I'm talking about.	因为不清楚我说的是哪一个
117	There are lots of cars for hire.	有很多车要租
118	Maybe I've even driven more than one.	或许我开车不止一次
119	So that is introducing information that helps me	因此,这就是介绍信息帮助我
120	to be specific about which car, all right?	具体说说哪辆车好吗?
121	We can't take that part of the sentence out	我们不能把这句话的这一部分拿出来
122	because then the sentence isn't clear, right?	因为那句子还不清楚对吧?
123	It just doesn't make sense.	这根本说不通
124	Which car was making noises?	哪辆车发出声音?
125	For any of you who are sitting exams and writing	你们中任何一个在考试和写作的人
126	essays and that kind of thing,	散文之类的东西,
127	there is another really important tip	还有一个很重要的提示
128	that I've got for you.	我为你准备的
129	Do you notice the difference	你注意到区别了吗?
130	between these two sentences?	这两个句子之间?
131	What's the difference apart from which and that?	何等为别.
132	Yeah it's the commas, right?	是啊,这是逗号,对不对?
133	This difference in punctuation is absolutely necessary.	尖音上的这种差别是绝对必要的.
134	So when you have an adjective clause	所以,当你有一个形容词条款
135	that's starting with that,	从这个开始,
136	you don't need to use commas.	你不需要用逗号。
137	This information is essential, right?	这信息很重要,对吧?
138	It's part of the meaning of the sentence.	句义之分.
139	It can't be taken out.	无法取出.
140	If the adjective clause starts with which,	如果形容词条款从哪开始,
141	then you need to put a comma before and after the clause.	然后在条款前后加一个逗号。
142	This makes it seem like it's an extra,	这看起来像是额外的
143	inserted piece of information, which it is, right?	插入了一条信息,它是什么,对不对?
144	It's got the commas to show you that you can pick it up	上面有逗号,可以让你捡起来
145	and remove it and your sentence still makes sense.	并删除它, 你的句子仍然合理。
146	All right one more example and then you're going to be	好吧,再举一个例子,然后你会是
147	more than ready to take the quiz at the end.	更准备参加最后的测验
148	Imagine that I have three dogs, right?	想象一下我有三只狗对吧?
149	One of my dogs has spots that other two don't.	我的一只狗有另外两只没有的斑点
150	And my dog that has spots is missing.	我那有斑点的狗不见了
151	So if I tell you my dog is missing,	如果我告诉你我的狗不见了
152	it's not very helpful because you don't know	这没什么用,因为你不知道
153	which dog I'm talking about, right?	我说的是哪条狗?
154	My dog that has spots is missing.	我的狗有斑点不见了。
155	The fact that the dog has spots,	狗有斑点的事实,
156	it's not the brown one, it's not the white one.	这不是棕色的,不是白色的。
157	This information is essential,	这些信息至关重要,
158	it's important information, right?	这是重要的信息,对不对?
159	So let's compare it to my brother's dog	不如跟我哥哥的狗比较一下
160	because my brother has just one dog.	因为我哥哥只有一条狗
161	He got the dog for his birthday and his dog is sick.	他得到了狗的生日他的狗生病了。
162	My brother's dog is sick.	我哥哥的狗病了,我弟弟的狗病了,我弟弟的狗病了,我弟弟的狗病了,我弟弟的狗病了,我哥哥的狗病了,我哥哥的狗病了,我弟弟的狗病了,我弟弟的狗病了,我弟弟的狗病了,我哥哥的狗病了,我哥哥的狗病了,我弟弟的狗病了。
163	We don't need to know any more information about this, right?	我们不需要知道更多的信息,对不对?
164	We know which dog because he's only got one.	我们知道哪只狗只有一只
165	But if I wanted to give some extra information	但是,如果我想给一些额外的信息
166	to tell you a little bit more about the dog,	告诉你更多关于狗,
167	I can use which.	我可以用那个
168	My brother's dog, which he got for his birthday, is sick.	我哥哥的狗,他生日时得到的,病了.
169	So that's extra information, right?	所以这是额外的信息,对不对?
170	It's not essential so we used which	这不重要所以我们用了
171	and we used commas.	我们用逗号
172	Okay how are you feeling?	你感觉怎么样?
173	Are you ready to test yourself a little?	你准备好测试一下自己了吗?
174	I think you are.	我认为你是。
175	I think you are more than ready.	我觉得你已经准备好了
176	I'll be back after this super quick break with a quiz	我等会再回来做个测验
177	to check what you learned during this lesson.	检查你在这课上学到了什么
178	Don't go anywhere.	别去任何地方。
179	Okay are you ready?	好了,你准备好了吗?
180	All you need to do is decide	你只需要做决定
181	is which or that the correct word to use.	是该用哪个词还是那个词。
182	This quiz is going to get faster as we go	考试会越快越好
183	so you'll have less and less time to answer each question	这样你就会越来越少时间回答每个问题
184	so you've got to be ready, right?	所以,你必须准备好,对不对?
185	Make sure you keep track of how many questions you get right	确保你追踪到多少问题
186	so that you can tell me how you did at the end.	这样你就能告诉我你最后表现如何了
187	Up here I'm going to show you two sentences	上面我要给你看两句
188	but only one of those sentences is correct, right?	但只有一句话是正确的,对不对?
189	You just need to choose the correct one.	你只需要选择正确的一个。
190	You ready?	你准备好了吗?
191	Number one.	一号
192	I have one house that has a green door.	我有一个房子有绿门。
193	So which of these sentences is the correct sentence?	那么这些句子中哪句是正确的?
194	The answer's B.	答为B.
195	My house which has a green door is at the end of the street.	我家有个绿门,就在街尾
196	I've only got one house, right?	我只有一个房子,对吧?
197	So the detail about the door is not essential information.	因此,门的细节并不是基本的信息.
198	So number two.	故第二义.
199	Shoes that have cheap soles make my feet hurt.	有便宜鞋底的鞋会让我脚痛
200	Or shoes which have cheap soles make my feet hurt.	或鞋带便宜的鞋底让我的脚痛。
201	A is the right answer here.	A在这里是正确的答案。
202	Not all shoes have cheap soles, right?	不是所有的鞋都有便宜的鞋底对吧?
203	And they don't all hurt my feet.	他们并不都伤害我的脚。
204	Only the shoes with cheap soles.	只有鞋和廉价鞋底。
205	So I'm being specific.	所以我很具体
206	It's essential information.	这是基本的信息。
207	Number three.	三号
208	Which one of these is correct?	其中哪一个是正确的?
209	The ring that my grandma gave me is worth a lot of money.	我奶奶给我的戒指值很多钱
210	Or the ring which my grandma gave me is worth a lot of money.	或者我奶奶给我的戒指值很多钱
211	Actually both of them could work here	其实他们俩都在这里工作
212	so I guess you're right.	我猜你是对的
213	It would depend if the listener knew	这要看听众是否知道
214	which ring they were talking about, right?	他们谈论的是什么戒指,对不对?
215	If we both knew that we were talking about this ring,	如果我们都知道我们在谈论这个戒指
216	if I only had one ring on,	如果我只戴一个戒指
217	then it's just extra information, right?	那只是额外的信息对吧?
218	But if you didn't know which ring,	但如果你不知道是哪个戒指
219	then I can be specific and say	然后我可以具体地说
220	the ring that my grandma gave me.	我奶奶给我的戒指
221	Number four.	四号.
222	What do you think?	你觉得呢?
223	It's definitely A.	绝对是A
224	He's not allergic to all food,	他不对所有食物过敏,
225	just specifically food cooked with soy oil.	特别是用豆油煮的食物
226	So see how if we remove this clause,	所以,看看,如果我们删除这个条款,
227	it changes completely, right?	它完全改变,对不对?
228	Food can give him an allergic reaction.	食物可以给他过敏反应.
229	It's a completely different meaning.	这是一个完全不同的意义。
230	The information is essential.	信息至关重要。
231	I have one pair of sunglasses and they're pink.	我有一双太阳镜,它们是粉红色的。
232	So number five.	故五号.
233	The fact that they're pink is not really	他们的粉色其实不是
234	essential information, is it?	重要信息,是吗?
235	So we would choose B.	所以我们选择B
236	Number six.	六号
237	Yes again this information is not essential	是的,这个信息又不重要
238	because we know that I only have one computer, right?	因为我们知道我只有一台电脑对吧?
239	Music makes me want to dance	音乐让我想跳舞
240	but only music with a good beat,	但只有有好节奏的音乐
241	not any other types of music.	不是任何其他类型的音乐。
242	Yes it's A, you're right.	是的,这是A,你是对的。
243	A, right?	A,对不对?
244	It's essential information.	这是基本的信息。
245	I need to know which shirt out of all of my shirts,	我需要知道哪件衬衫我的衬衫,
246	which is the one that needs to be washed?	哪一个需要洗?
247	The one with the stain.	有污迹者.
248	I forgot my jacket that's purple on the bus.	我忘了我的外套,那是紫色的公交车。
249	I forgot my jacket which is purple on the bus.	我忘了我的外套车上是紫色的
250	The answer's B.	答为B.
251	Okay the last one now.	好了,现在最后一个。
252	The picture which was taken at sunset is my favourite.	日落时拍的照片是我最喜欢的
253	Yeah the picture that was taken at sunset is my favourite.	是啊,拍摄的照片在日落是我最喜欢的。
254	Perfect, nice work!	完美,不错的工作!
255	That got really, really fast towards the end,	它得到了非常,非常快的到最后,
256	don't you think?	你不觉得吗?
257	How did you do?	你好吗?
258	How many did you get right?	你得到了多少对?
259	Did you make any mistakes?	你犯过错吗?
260	Share your results in the comments	在评论中分享您的结果
261	so I can see how you did.	我看得出来你怎么样
262	I love creating new lessons for you every single week	我喜欢每星期为你创造新课
263	so if you did enjoy this lesson,	所以,如果你确实享受这个教训,
264	then make sure you hit the subscribe button down there	然后确定你按下订阅按钮
265	and let me know if there are any English lessons	如果有任何英语课程,告诉我
266	you are dying for me to teach.	你渴望我教书
267	Right now, I think it's time to head over here	现在,我想是时候过去了
268	and check out this lesson.	看看这个教训。
269	I'll see you in there.	曰见那里.

该视频共有字幕 269 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P13 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p13 12. 12. 英语时态 012 - 第二条件句示例英语语法课 (P13)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p13 12. 12. 英语时态 012 - 第二条件句示例英语语法课 (P13)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 13:43

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:00	Hey there!	你们好!
0:01	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	我是英语的艾玛!
0:04	Today we're going to roll up our sleeves and practise	今天我们要卷起袖子练习
0:07	with the second conditional.	与第二个条件。
0:09	Now this is one of my favourite grammar structures	这是我最喜欢的语法结构之一
0:12	in English because we use it in different ways	用英语,因为我们用的方式不同
0:15	and we can have lots of fun with it as well.	我们可以玩得很开心
0:19	So that you know exactly what will happen in this lesson,	让你知道这课会发生什么事
0:22	let me give you a bit of an overview.	让我给你做个概述
0:25	Firstly, we're going to talk about the meaning,	首先,我们要谈谈意义

展开字幕全文（255 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hey there!	你们好!
2	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	我是英语的艾玛!
3	Today we're going to roll up our sleeves and practise	今天我们要卷起袖子练习
4	with the second conditional.	与第二个条件。
5	Now this is one of my favourite grammar structures	这是我最喜欢的语法结构之一
6	in English because we use it in different ways	用英语,因为我们用的方式不同
7	and we can have lots of fun with it as well.	我们可以玩得很开心
8	So that you know exactly what will happen in this lesson,	让你知道这课会发生什么事
9	let me give you a bit of an overview.	让我给你做个概述
10	Firstly, we're going to talk about the meaning,	首先,我们要谈谈意义
11	when and why you should use the second conditional.	当和为什么你应该使用第二个条件。
12	Then we're going to look at what it looks like,	然后我们来看看它是什么样子,
13	what words, what tenses, what punctuation are important	什么言语,什么紧张,什么尖锐很重要
14	to help you use the second conditional accurately.	帮助您准确地使用第二个条件。
15	Then I've got a few important extra tips to help you	那我还有几条重要小费要帮你
16	use the second conditional correctly	正确使用第二个条件
17	so make sure you stick around for that part	所以,确保你留下来这部分
18	and of course, there'll be some practice at the end.	当然,最后会有一些练习。
19	I'll be making a series of videos about conditionals	我会制作一系列关于条件的视频
20	so make sure you subscribe to the channel	确定您订阅频道
21	and turn on notifications so that you know when	并打开通知,以便你知道
22	each new lesson is ready for you.	每个新课都准备好了
23	Now this lesson is a little longer than usual	这个教训比平常要长一点
24	because I really want to give you a clear and complete	因为我真的想给你一个清晰而完整的
25	understanding of the second conditional.	理解第二个条件。
26	So go grab a coffee or a cup of tea, settle in.	去喝杯咖啡或一杯茶,安顿下来
27	You won't regret it!	你不会后悔的!
28	Before we dive into this lesson, I want to make sure you know	在下课之前我想确认一下
29	that the Lingoda Language Sprint is about to start.	林戈达语冲刺即将开始
30	This intensive online language course runs for ninety days	这个密集的在线语言课程持续90天
31	and it's going to boost your English grammar,	这会提升你的英语语法,
32	your vocabulary, your speaking skills	你的词汇,你的演讲技巧
33	plus you can earn one hundred percent of your money back	加上你就能赚回你100%的钱
34	if you finish it.	如果你完成的话。
35	And because Lingoda are now an official partner	因为Lingoda现在是正式合伙人
36	of Cambridge Assessment English,	剑桥评估英语,
37	all sprinters can take the Cambridge Online Language Test for free.	所有短跑选手都可以免费参加剑桥在线语言测试.
38	Sprint registrations are open right now	冲刺登记已经打开了
39	so you still have time to join.	所以你还有时间加入
40	In just three months, you could be speaking English	再过三个月,你就会说英语了
41	more confidently and more accurately	更自信更准确
42	but it won't happen unless you take action.	但除非你采取行动否则不会发生
43	So if you're the kind of person who thrives on a challenge,	如果你是那种在挑战中兴旺成长的人
44	if you've told yourself that this year is going to be	如果你已经告诉自己今年将是
45	the year that you make it happen,	那是你们使《古兰经》成为现实的一年。
46	then this is the perfect opportunity to prove	那么这是证明
47	what you're capable of.	汝所能为.
48	To see my personal review of the Lingoda Sprint,	看我个人对林高达冲刺的评论
49	to learn more about what to expect and find out	更了解什么是期待和发现
50	if it's actually possible to get that one hundred percent refund,	如果能拿到百分之百的退款
51	watch that video up there or head to the description below	看着那段视频或者直接到下面的描述
52	for all the details and to secure your place on the next sprint.	准备所有细节并在下一场冲刺中保住你的位置
53	And if you use this code right here,	如果你用这个密码
54	you'll also get a discount on your first month's fees.	您也可享受第一个月的折扣。
55	So happy sprinting!	好开心的冲刺!
56	All right let's get started with this lesson.	好吧,让我们从这个教训开始。
57	When can you use the second conditional?	什么时候用第二个条件?
58	We use it in a few ways.	我们用它的一些方式。
59	To imagine that our lives	想象我们的生活
60	or someone else's life is different.	或者别人的生活不一样
61	We use it to ask hypothetical questions,	我们用它来提出假设的问题
62	to give advice and to give reasons	提供咨询和说明理由;
63	why you can't do something.	为什么你不能做一些事情。
64	So you might have practised a little with the first two	所以,你可能已经练习一点点与前两个
65	but the third and the fourth are both interesting	但第三和第四两个都很有趣
66	and different ways to use the second conditional	以及使用第二种条件的不同方式
67	so I'm really excited to get into those.	所以我真的很兴奋进入那些。
68	But let's start with number one.	但从第一.
69	We use the second conditional to talk about things	我们用第二个条件谈事情
70	in the future that are unlikely	未来不可能
71	or things that are impossible in the present.	或现在不可能的事
72	So we use it to imagine and to dream	所以我们用它来想象和梦想
73	that the present situation is different than it really is.	目前的情况与实际情况不同。
74	Now this could be because it's impossible now	现在可能是因为现在不可能了
75	or because it's really unlikely to become real in the future.	或者因为它真的不可能成为真实的未来。
76	Not completely impossible but unlikely.	并非完全不可能,但不太可能。
77	So with the second conditional we say	所以第二个条件我们说
78	if this happened then that would happen.	如果发生这种情况,那就会发生。
79	So for example, if I had enough money,	例如,如果我有足够的钱,
80	I would buy a house.	我会买房子
81	If the present situation was different	如果目前的情况不同
82	then I would do that.	然后我会这样做。
83	If I won the lottery, I'd buy a house.	如果我赢了彩票,我会买房子。
84	Now this is an unlikely event in the future right	现在,这是不太可能的事在未来的权利
85	because it's unlikely I'm going to win the lottery.	因为我不可能赢得彩票。
86	Possible but unlikely.	可能,但不太可能,但不会
87	Before we keep going with the other ways	之前我们继续走其他方式
88	to use the second conditional,	使用第二个条件,
89	let's spend a little bit of time	让我们花一点时间
90	focusing on what it looks like.	专注于它是什么样子。
91	Conditional sentences all have an if clause	有条件的句子都有如果条款
92	and a main clause	和主要条款
93	which is sometimes also called the result clause	这有时也称为结果条款
94	because it can only happen if the if clause occurs.	因为它只有在条款发生时才能发生。
95	It's a condition right?	这是条件吗?
96	If this happens then that happens.	如果发生这种情况,那就会发生。
97	Now what exactly makes a conditional sentence	现在到底什么是有条件的判决
98	the second conditional?	第二个条件?
99	So the second conditional uses a past simple verb	因此第二个条件使用过去简单的动词
100	in the if clause.	在条款中。
101	Then would followed by the infinitive verb	然后是无限动词
102	in the main clause.	在主要条款中。
103	If she lived in London, she would have English friends.	如果她住在伦敦,她就会有英国朋友.
104	The if clause is the condition.	如果条款是条件。
105	Does she live in London?	她住在伦敦吗?
106	No.	没有
107	We're talking about a hypothetical situation here	我们说的是假设的情况
108	right?	对吧?
109	So the result clause suggests what would be different	因此,结果条款建议什么是不同的
110	and would tells us that we're imagining the result	并且会告诉我们我们想象的结果
111	or you know she would have English friends.	或者你知道她会有英国朋友
112	It's not real.	非实相.
113	She doesn't have English friends now	她现在没有英国朋友了
114	but it could happen if she lived in London.	但是如果她住在伦敦,就有可能发生
115	If she lived in London, she would have English friends.	如果她住在伦敦,她就会有英国朋友.
116	Now you can definitely make one or both clauses negative	现在你绝对可以使一条或两条都是否定的
117	in a second conditional sentence.	在第二个条件句。
118	If I didn't want to go, I would tell you.	如果我不想去,我会告诉你。
119	If I didn't finish my homework, I wouldn't tell my teacher.	如果我没有完成我的功课,我不会告诉我的老师。
120	And of course, we can ask second conditional questions too.	当然,我们也可以提出第二个有条件的问题。
121	Hypothetical questions, to ask someone to imagine	假设性的问题, 问别人想象
122	what they would do in a different situation.	在另一种情况下他们会做什么
123	So these situations are not real	所以这些情况不是真的
124	but it's kind of fun to ask these types of questions right?	但问这类问题很有趣吧?
125	It really helps to keep conversations going sometimes.	这真的有助于保持对话有时。
126	What would you do if you quit your job?	如果你辞职了你会怎么做?
127	If you won a million dollars, would you travel the world?	如果你赢了一百万你会去世界旅行吗?
128	If you only had one day in Singapore, what would you do?	如果你在新加坡只有一天你会怎么做?
129	See how fun these types of questions can be?	看看这些类型的问题有多有趣?
130	Choose one of them to answer in the comments below	在下面的评论中选择其中之一
131	but make sure you write your answer as a full	一定要把答案写得满满的
132	second conditional sentence to practise the structure okay?	第二个条件句子练习结构好吗?
133	If I only had one day in Singapore, I would.	如果我在新加坡只有一天,我会的。
134	Now you can actually use could in the if clause	现在你可以在条款中使用
135	to ask a similar question.	问一个类似的问题。
136	So you would be saying if you were able to	所以你会说如果你能够
137	or if it were possible to.	或者,如果有可能的话。
138	If you could travel to any country, where would you go?	如果你可以去任何国家你会去哪里?
139	Now notice that when you use could in the if clause,	现在请注意,当你可以使用如果条款,
140	the verb that follows could is in the infinitive form,	接下来的动词可能以无限形式出现,
141	not in the past simple and that's because it's a modal verb right?	不是过去那么简单,那是因为它是一个模式动词对不对?
142	Standard English grammar rule.	标准英语语法规则.
143	After modal verbs, we always have the infinitive.	在模式动词之后,我们总是有无限的。
144	Now we've been talking about hypothetical situations so far	现在我们一直在谈论假设的情况到目前为止
145	but what are these other uses?	但这些其他用途是什么?
146	Because we can use the second conditional to give advice	因为我们可以用第二个条件来给出建议
147	and if you think about it, when someone asks you for advice,	如果你考虑一下当有人问你建议时
148	you usually try to imagine what you would do in their situation	你通常会试着想象在他们的处境下你会做什么
149	and share that with them.	和他们分享。
150	So for example, if I were you, I'd talk to my boss	举个例子,如果我是你,我会和我老板谈谈
151	before I quit my job.	在我辞职之前
152	Or if I were her, I'd break up with him.	或者如果我是她我会和他分手
153	Now if you're wondering why in both of those examples,	如果你想知道为什么这两个例子
154	I was using were with the subject I,	我用的是那个主题
155	I'm going to talk about that in a few minutes.	我过几分钟再谈
156	But lastly, you can use the second conditional	但最后,你可以使用第二个条件
157	to give reasons why you can't do something.	来说明你为何不能做点什么
158	You've probably already noticed that English speakers	你可能已经注意到说英语的人了
159	are usually quite polite to each other.	通常对彼此相当礼貌。
160	Instead of just saying no, we often try and soften	我们不是只说不我们经常试图软化
161	our responses by explaining why we can't do something.	我们的反应是解释为什么我们不能做点什么
162	And sometimes you might just want to explain	有时候你可能只是想解释一下
163	a situation a little more.	情况更糟糕一点
164	So the second conditional can really help you to do this.	所以第二个条件可以帮助你做到这一点。
165	So for example, if I had the money, I'd lend it to you.	举例来说,如果我有钱,我会借给你
166	I don't have to explain myself any further here.	我不必再进一步解释自己了
167	This sentence already explains that I don't have the money	这个句子已经说明我没有钱了
168	so I can't help but it suggests that maybe you want to,	所以我忍不住说,也许你想
169	that maybe you would if you could.	如果你能的话,也许你会的
170	If I wasn't so busy, I'd invite you over for dinner.	如果我没有这么忙, 我会邀请你过来吃饭。
171	But I am really busy so I can't invite you over.	但我真的很忙,所以我不能邀请你过来。
172	So we've covered what the second conditional looks like	所以我们已经涵盖了第二个条件是什么样子的
173	and when you can use it but now I want to share	当你可以使用它但现在我想分享
174	some extra tips to help you understand it better	一些额外的提示来帮助你更了解它
175	and to help you use it accurately.	帮助你准确使用它。
176	So the first one I want to mention is that	所以我想提到的第一个是
177	if is a conjunction, right?	如果是连接,对不对?
178	The purpose of conjunctions is to join two sentences	连结的目的是为了加入两句
179	or two different clauses together.	或两个不同的条款一起。
180	There's a really strong relationship between the two	两者关系很密切
181	clauses in a conditional sentence, right?	有条件句子中的条款,对吧?
182	They're really connected.	他们真的有联系。
183	The if clause contains a condition and the main clause	如果条款包含条件和主要条款
184	contains the result, right?	包含结果,对不对?
185	They rely on each other.	他们互相依赖。
186	Now you may know that with all conditional sentences,	现在你可能知道,所有有条件的刑期,
187	you can change the order of your clauses.	您可以更改条款的顺序。
188	When this happens, it doesn't change the meaning	这事发生后,意义不变
189	but there is an important punctuation change	但有一个重要的变化
190	that you need to make.	你需要做这个。
191	If it stopped raining, I would go for a walk.	如果雨停了,我会去散步。
192	I would go for a walk if it stopped raining.	如果雨停了,我会去散步的
193	Now the meaning in these two sentences is exactly the same	现在这两句话的意义完全一样
194	but notice that when the main clause comes first,	但请注意,当主要条款先出现时,
195	we don't include that comma before the if clause.	在条款之前我们不包含那个逗号
196	Now to be honest, this is really only significant	老实说,这其实只是一件大事
197	if you're sitting an English exam	如果你正在参加英语考试
198	or you're doing academic writing.	或者你在写学术著作
199	You're going to get marked down for that type	你会被标记为那种类型
200	of punctuation error but generally,	指点错误,但一般情况下,
201	it's not really something you need to lose sleep over.	这不是真正的东西你需要失去睡眠。
202	Now in spoken English, the subject and would,	现在用英语说,这个话题并且会,
203	they're usually contracted.	通常都是签约的
204	I'd, you'd, she'd, he'd, they'd, we'd.	我,你,她,他,他们,我们。
205	Now it's much easier to say this type of sentence quickly	现在说这种句子容易多了
206	and it helps you to sound a little more relaxed as well	它能帮助你听起来更放松一点
207	but these contractions, very common in spoken English,	但是这些收缩,在英语口语中非常常见,
208	common in informal written English	非正式书面英语
209	but you shouldn't be using contractions	但你不应该用收缩
210	in formal written English, right?	正式写成英语,对吧?
211	Just steer clear completely.	保持清醒点
212	Now one of the most interesting parts	现在最有趣的部分之一
213	about the second conditional is that it breaks	大约第二个条件就是它打破
214	some standard B-verb grammar rules, right?	一些标准的B -动词语法规则,对不对?
215	We can actually use were instead of was	我们实际上可以使用代替是
216	with I, he, she and it, right?	我,他,她和它,对不对?
217	Both of them are grammatically correct	两个都语法正确
218	but I guess were is a little more formal, all right?	但我猜是有点正式,好吗?
219	So we would use it in more formal situations.	因此,我们将在更正式的情况下使用它。
220	If I was you, I would break up with him.	如果我是你我会和他分手的
221	If I were you, I would break up with him.	如果我是你我会和他分手
222	Both of those sentences are the same.	这两句都是一样的。
223	If she was taller, if she were taller,	如果她更高, 如果她更高,
224	she would be an air hostess.	她会是一个空姐。
225	So again, we can use either, it's totally okay,	再说一次,我们也可以使用,没关系
226	were is a little more formal.	更正式一点
227	All right!	摆
228	Oh my gosh!	天呐!
229	So after all of that, I want you to practise	之后,我要你练习
230	writing some sentences with me in the comments.	在评论中和我写一些句子。
231	Now if you're feeling pretty confident about this,	如果你对此很有信心
232	go ahead and create your own sentences.	继续写你自己的句子
233	Freestyle you know, get creative, give advice,	自由风格你知道, 创造力,给建议,
234	talk about hypothetical situations, give reasons why	讨论假设的情况,说明原因
235	but if you're feeling still maybe a little uncertain,	但如果你感觉还是有点不确定
236	I've added these questions in the description below	我在下面的描述中加入了这些问题
237	so all you need to do is copy them and paste them	你只需要复制和粘贴
238	into your comment and then complete the answers yourself.	然后自己填写答案
239	So I'll be down there checking your answers all weekend	我整个周末都会去看你的答案
240	to make sure you're getting them right	以确保你得到他们的权利
241	and if you need some help and support, I'll be there.	如果你需要帮助和支持, 我会在那里。
242	If you enjoyed this lesson, make sure you give it a like,	如果你喜欢这个课, 确保你给它类似,
243	subscribe to my channel so that you know	订阅我的频道,让你知道
244	when the next lesson is going to be ready for you.	下一课准备就绪的时候
245	As I said, I will be adding more lessons just like this	正如我所说,我会增加更多这样的教训
246	with the first, the third, mixed conditionals as well,	第一个,第三个, 混合条件,
247	they're coming.	他们来了。
248	So I'm guessing that your grammar brain	我猜你的语法大脑
249	is a little fried right now	现在有点炸了
250	so if you're keen to keep practising with me,	所以如果你热衷于继续和我练习
251	let's try something a little lighter,	来点轻点的
252	maybe some pronunciation perhaps.	也许有些发音。
253	Thanks for watching friends.	谢谢你看着朋友。
254	I will see you soon.	回头见
255	Bye!	再见!

该视频共有字幕 255 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P14 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p14 13. 13. 英语时态 013 - 第三条件句示例英语语法课 (P14)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p14 13. 13. 英语时态 013 - 第三条件句示例英语语法课 (P14)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 11:26

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:00	Well hey there!	嘿,你好吗?
0:01	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish.	我是英语的艾玛
0:04	Tell me, have you ever wished that a situation	告诉我,你有没有想过这样的情况
0:07	from the past had been different?	与过去不同?
0:09	Maybe you wish that you'd behave differently	也许你希望你表现得不一样
0:11	or wish that you'd said yes to something	或者希望你答应什么
0:14	but you didn't.	但你没有。
0:15	Of course you have!	当然了!
0:16	This is part of being human,	这是人类的一部分,
0:18	isn't it?	是吗?

展开字幕全文（218 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Well hey there!	嘿,你好吗?
2	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish.	我是英语的艾玛
3	Tell me, have you ever wished that a situation	告诉我,你有没有想过这样的情况
4	from the past had been different?	与过去不同?
5	Maybe you wish that you'd behave differently	也许你希望你表现得不一样
6	or wish that you'd said yes to something	或者希望你答应什么
7	but you didn't.	但你没有。
8	Of course you have!	当然了!
9	This is part of being human,	这是人类的一部分,
10	isn't it?	是吗?
11	We all go through it.	我们都通过它。
12	So I know that you are going to love today's lesson.	我知道你会喜欢今天的课
13	Today we are going to dive deep on some awesome grammar,	今天我们要潜入一些令人惊叹的语法,
14	the third conditional.	第三个条件。
15	Now I hope you're not eye-rolling on me.	现在,我希望你没有在我的眼卷。
16	Yes this is a grammar lesson but it's an incredibly	是的,这是文法课,但这是不可思议的
17	useful one to talk about our regrets and our disappointments.	来谈谈我们的遗憾和失望
18	It sounds kind of grim, doesn't it?	听起来很惨吧?
19	There are lots of useful ways to learn and practise	学习和实践有很多有用的方法
20	with this grammar structure and I don't know about you	这个语法结构,我不知道你
21	but I'm excited to get started.	但我很兴奋开始。
22	Let's go!	我们走!
23	Now you probably know that there are several types	现在你可能知道有几种类型
24	of conditional sentences in English.	有条件判决的英语。
25	I've made lessons about many of them already	我对其中很多已经学过了
26	but like all conditional sentences, the third conditional	但与所有有条件的句子一样,第三个条件
27	has two clauses, the if clause and the main clause.	有两项条款,即条款和主要条款。
28	But unlike the zero, the first and the second conditionals,	但不同于零,第一和第二条件,
29	this one talks about the past and specifically an unreal past,	这个讲的是过去特别是不真实的过去
30	not a true past, an unreal one.	不是真实的过去,不是真实的过去
31	We use the third conditional to imagine a situation	我们用第三个条件来想象一个情况
32	in the past and the imaginary result	过去和想象中的结果
33	which is also in the past okay so it's imaginary.	过去也是这样,所以它是想象中的。
34	It's not real, it's not true okay	不是真实的,不是真实的
35	because we can't change the past.	因为我们无法改变过去
36	Sometimes we wish we could but we can't.	有时,我们希望我们能,但我们不能。
37	So that's why you'll often hear the third conditional	所以你经常听到第三个条件
38	being used to talk about regrets,	用来谈论遗憾,
39	things that we wish were different.	我们希望的事情是不同的。
40	So let's look at a few examples to get started.	因此让我们看看几个例子开始。
41	If I had left earlier, I wouldn't have missed my flight.	如果我早点离开,我就不会错过航班
42	So I'm a bit upset about that, right?	我有点不高兴,对吧?
43	I'm upset I missed my flight.	我很难过我错过了航班
44	I wish that I had have left my house a little bit earlier	我希望我早点离开家
45	and not run late.	并且不会迟到
46	I wish that I could go back in time and be on the plane	我希望我能回到过去在飞机上
47	but I can't because my flight's gone.	但我不能因为我的航班走了。
48	There's nothing that I can do about it now	我现在无能为力了
49	except buy another ticket.	除了买另一张票。
50	Well we can use the third conditional to show how angry	我们可以用第三个条件来证明我们有多生气
51	or how frustrated we are about this situation, right?	或者我们对此情况有多失望,对吧?
52	Now look, if you hadn't been so rude,	听着如果你没这么粗鲁的话
53	they would have invited you back.	他们会邀请你回来的
54	You were rude?	你无礼?
55	Obviously that didn't work out well for you, did it?	很明显这对你不好,是吗?
56	Now they're not going to invite you back again in the future.	现在他们不会再邀请你回来
57	Don't!	别!
58	You can't go back and change it now, can you?	你现在不能回去换了,对吧?
59	Whether you want to or not.	无论你是否愿意。
60	So I'm just going to use the third conditional now	我现在要用第三个条件
61	to tell you off.	要告诉你关闭。
62	If I hadn't been going so fast, I wouldn't have been fined.	要不是我走这么快我就不会被罚款了
63	Yeah I got fined which is annoying.	是的,我被罚款这很烦人。
64	But it's already happened, I can't change it now, right?	但是已经发生了,我现在不能改变,对不对?
65	That's something you definitely can't change.	这是你绝对无法改变的
66	So we use the third conditional to talk about	所以我们用第三个条件谈
67	things that we regret,	我们后悔的事
68	things that we wish we could change about the past	我们希望能够改变过去的事情
69	and also to tell someone off	也告诉别人
70	for something that they did in the past.	他们过去做过的事
71	So it's pretty useful, right?	所以这是相当有用的,对不对?
72	It's a really handy structure to have up your sleeve	袖子上摆起来真是方便
73	or to know.	或为知.
74	All right so let's talk about what it looks like now.	好吧,让我们谈谈它现在的样子。
75	So to make the third conditional,	因此,第三个条件,
76	we need a few things.	我们需要一些东西。
77	We need if and the past perfect.	我们需要完美的过去
78	Then we need a comma	然后我们需要一个逗号
79	and then we need the perfect conditional.	然后我们需要一个完美的条件。
80	You might be wondering what the heck is the past perfect	你可能会在想过去是什么完美
81	or the perfect conditional?	或完美的条件?
82	So think about it this way.	故想此义.
83	The past perfect is subject with had	过去的完美是受人支配的
84	and the past participle verb.	和过去的方言动词。
85	If I had left earlier.	如果我早点走了
86	If you hadn't been so rude.	如果你没这么粗鲁的话
87	If I hadn't been going so fast.	如果我没走那么快的话
88	Okay these are all examples of the past perfect.	这些都是过去完美的例子。
89	Now the perfect conditional is subject with would,	现在,完美的条件以意志,
90	有和过去的 participle动词。
91	So it's just the present perfect with would in front of it.	所以,它只是现在的完美与它面前的意志。
92	I wouldn't have missed my flight.	我不会错过我的航班的
93	They would have invited you back.	他们会邀请你回来的
94	I wouldn't have got that ticket.	我不会得到那张票。
95	So let's put the third conditional all together.	因此,让我们把第三个条件一起。
96	We need if the subject had and the past participle	我们需要这个主题和过去的聚会
97	then our comma, very important,	然后我们的逗号,非常重要,
98	followed by our subject, would, have and the past participle.	然后我们的主题,会, 和过去的聚会。
99	That's the third conditional.	这是第三个条件。
100	So let's look at some examples to help it	让我们看看一些例子来帮助它
101	sink in a little, all right?	下沉一点,好吗?
102	Let's do our third conditional checks first, all right?	先做第三次有条件检查,好吗?
103	Are we talking about the past or the present here?	我们说的是过去还是现在?
104	It was in the past but did it actually happen?	那是过去的事,但真的发生过吗?
105	No, you didn't call so I didn't come.	不,你没有打电话所以我没有来。
106	I wish that I could change this because I'd love to come.	我希望我能改变这一切因为我很想来
107	If she had replied to my message,	如果她已经回复我的消息,
108	I wouldn't have been so worried.	我没那么担心
109	So I'm kind of telling her off here, right?	所以我有点告诉她了,对不对?
110	I'm a bit frustrated.	我有点沮丧。
111	Did she reply to my message?	她有没有回信?
112	But was I worried?	但我担心吗?
113	Yeah.	对
114	I wish that she had because I'd love to come.	我希望她有因为我很想来。
115	So that I didn't have to worry, you know?	这样我就不用担心了
116	If I had taken better care of myself,	如果我照顾好自己
117	I wouldn't have got sick.	我不会生病的
118	So I'm expressing regret about the past here.	所以我对过去表示遗憾
119	I wish I'd taken better care of myself.	我希望我照顾好自己
120	Now you'll remember from some of my	现在你会记得我的一些
121	other conditional lessons that we can actually use	我们能实际使用的其他有条件的教训
122	different modal verbs in the main clause.	主要条款中不同的模式动词。
123	So we can replace would have	这样我们就可以取代
124	with other modals like might and could.	与其它模式如强力和可以。
125	So we use might have to show probability or certainty.	因此,我们可能必须显示概率或确定性。
126	If she'd studied more, she might have passed.	如果她多学习,她可能已经过去了。
127	But she might have also failed again, we're not sure.	但她也可能再次失败我们不确定
128	We're not certain, right?	我们不确定对吧?
129	If we were certain about that imaginary result in the past,	如果我们能确定过去那个假想的结果
130	then we would use would have.	那样我们就会用到
131	That's more certain.	这是更确定的。
132	Since we're not exactly sure about	因为我们不确定
133	what the result would have been,	最终结果是什么?
134	then using might have is probably the better option.	那么使用可能也许是更好的选择。
135	Now we use could have to talk about	现在我们可以谈谈
136	possibility and ability.	可能性和能力。
137	If you had lent me your car,	如果你借我的车
138	I could have got there faster.	我本来可以快点赶到的
139	Now I'm not promising that I absolutely would have.	现在,我不保证我绝对会。
140	I'm just saying that I would have been	我只是说,我会
141	able to get there faster.	能更快到达那里。
142	You know with a car, I would have the ability	你知道,用车,我会有能力
143	to arrive sooner.	更早到达。
144	So now that we've broken it down a little bit,	所以,现在我们已经打破了一点点,
145	how are you feeling about the third conditional?	你觉得第三个条件怎么样?
146	Hopefully it was some good reminders	希望这是一些很好的提醒
147	from the other conditional lessons	从其他有条件的经验教训中
148	and if you're thinking something along the lines of	如果你在考虑什么
149	if I'd seen this video earlier,	如果我之前看过这个视频
150	I wouldn't have been so confused.	我就不会这么困惑了
151	Well I must be doing something right.	好吧,我一定是做了一些正确的事情。
152	So now we're gonna put everything we just learned	所以现在我们要把所有我们刚刚学到的
153	into practice with a little mini quiz, my favourite.	我最喜欢用小测验练习
154	And I wonder if you're gonna ace this little quiz or not.	我想知道你是不是想试一试
155	Let's see.	让我看看。
156	Okay for the quiz, I'm gonna give you a few past	好吧,考试,我给你一些过去
157	situations and I want you to use the information	情况,我要你用信息
158	that I'm sharing to write a sentence	我分享一个句子
159	using the third conditional.	使用第三个条件。
160	Make sure you check the structure,	确保你检查结构,
161	make sure you're writing it accurately.	确保你写得准确
162	So write your answers in the comments down below	在下面的评论中写下答案
163	and I'll come down and check how you've done very soon.	我马上下来看看你做的如何
164	Oh and make sure you think carefully about	哦,确保你仔细考虑
165	which modal verb is the right one to use.	哪种动词是合适的。
166	We'll go through the first one together okay?	我们一起看第一个好吗?
167	So here's the situation.	情况是这样的
168	You had a job interview in the past	你过去有面试
169	but you didn't prepare for it.	但你没准备好
170	You didn't get the job and now you kind of regret	你没有得到这份工作, 现在你有点后悔
171	not preparing for it, you wish that you prepared more.	不准备,你希望你准备更多。
172	So what's our sentence that we can write here?	那我们能在这里写些什么句子?
173	If I had prepared more,	如果我有准备更多,
174	then maybe the result would have been different.	也许结果会不同
175	If I had prepared more, I might have got the job.	如果我做了更多的准备,我可能会得到这份工作。
176	So now it's your turn.	现在轮到你了
177	I'm gonna read out some of these situations.	我会读出其中一些情况。
178	I want you to pause the video if you need to,	我要你暂停录像如果你需要的话
179	to write your sentence.	写你的句子。
180	Think about the structure,	想想结构,
181	clearly try and get that third conditional sentence right.	明显地尝试得到第三个有条件的句子的权利。
182	Here we go.	开始了
183	Situation number one.	情况第一。
184	Your friend was in trouble.	你朋友有麻烦了
185	They needed help.	他们需要帮助。
186	You had the ability to help	你有帮助的能力
187	but he never told you that he was in trouble.	但他从没告诉你他有麻烦了
188	Situation two.	第二情况
189	You showed up at a dinner party empty-handed.	你空手出现在晚宴上
190	Everyone else had brought a dish to the party.	其他人都给派对带了菜
191	You wished that you had brought something	你希望你带了点东西
192	but you didn't know that you were supposed to.	但你不知道你应该这么做
193	Situation three.	第三情况
194	He was talking on the phone while driving.	他在开车时打电话
195	He got pulled over by the police.	他被警察拦住了
196	He got a huge fine.	他得到了一个巨大的罚款。
197	Now he regrets using his phone in the car.	现在他后悔在车里用手机了
198	Situation four.	四号情况
199	Sarah went on a hike.	莎拉走远了
200	She didn't bring a rain jacket.	她没带雨衣
201	It started raining and now Sarah's upset	下雨了,现在莎拉不高兴了
202	because she got really wet.	因为她湿透了
203	Awesome work guys!	干得不错!
204	I know that conditionals can be a little overwhelming	我知道条件有点过分
205	because of the subtle differences	因为微妙的区别
206	between all of the different types of conditionals	在所有不同类型的条件之间
207	but also the significant differences in meaning.	还有意义上的显著差异。
208	So hopefully with each of my conditional lessons,	希望我每一次有条件的教训
209	it's becoming a little clearer.	越来越清晰了
210	So if you're enjoying this series,	如果你喜欢这个系列
211	make sure you share this lesson.	确保你分享这个教训。
212	Like the lesson, share it with anyone that you think	像教训一样, 分享给任何你认为
213	will find it useful.	将会发现它有用。
214	I'm sure there are plenty of other students out there	我敢肯定,有很多其他学生在那里
215	who are just as frustrated with conditionals as you are.	他们和你一样对条件感到沮丧
216	So once you've done that,	所以,一旦你这样做,
217	come and check out these lessons right here	过来看看这里的课
218	so we can keep practising together.	这样我们才能一起练习

该视频共有字幕 218 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P15 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p15 14. 14. 英语时态 014 - 混合条件英语语法示例练习 (P15)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p15 14. 14. 英语时态 014 - 混合条件英语语法示例练习 (P15)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 13:08

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:00	Hey there!	你们好!
0:01	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish.	我是英语的艾玛
0:04	I've been talking about conditionals a lot lately	我最近经常谈条件问题
0:07	and this video is no exception.	这段录像也不例外。
0:10	But this one is one of the most interesting of all	但这个是最有趣的一个
0:14	because we're going to be talking about	因为我们将要谈论
0:16	mixed conditional sentences.	混合有条件的句子。
0:18	Mixed conditionals are exactly what they sound like,	混合条件就是他们听起来的样子,
0:21	a conditional sentence that mixes	混合的有条件句子
0:24	two different times in one sentence.	一句话里有两个不同的时间

展开字幕全文（246 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hey there!	你们好!
2	I'm Emma from mmmEnglish.	我是英语的艾玛
3	I've been talking about conditionals a lot lately	我最近经常谈条件问题
4	and this video is no exception.	这段录像也不例外。
5	But this one is one of the most interesting of all	但这个是最有趣的一个
6	because we're going to be talking about	因为我们将要谈论
7	mixed conditional sentences.	混合有条件的句子。
8	Mixed conditionals are exactly what they sound like,	混合条件就是他们听起来的样子,
9	a conditional sentence that mixes	混合的有条件句子
10	two different times in one sentence.	一句话里有两个不同的时间
11	Now it sounds a little tricky	现在听起来有点棘手
12	but I'm here to go over it with you and to help you	但我是来帮你的
13	practise with me later on in this lesson	以后再跟我练习这个课
14	so don't worry.	所以不用担心。
15	If you had learned how to use mixed conditionals already,	如果你已经学会使用混合条件
16	you wouldn't need to watch this lesson.	你不需要看这个课。
17	Check it out!	检查出来!
18	That is a mixed conditional sentence	这是混合有条件的句子
19	and by the end of this video, you'll be feeling	在这段视频结束时你会感觉
20	much more confident about using mixed conditionals	更有信心使用混合条件
21	as you speak in English.	你用英语说话
22	So let's go!	所以,我们走吧!
23	If you've watched some of my previous lessons	如果你看过我以前的一些课
24	or perhaps you've studied conditionals at school,	或者你在学校学习过条件
25	well you'll know that the zero conditional is used	你会知道零条件被使用
26	to talk about facts and things that are generally true.	谈论事实和事物通常是真实的。
27	The first conditional talks about	第一次有条件的谈话
28	a likely present situation.	可能是目前的情况
29	The second talks about hypothetical	第二个是假设
30	or highly unlikely present or future situations.	或非常不可能的当前或未来的情况。
31	And the third conditional is a past situation	第三个条件是过去的情况
32	which didn't happen.	事实并非如此
33	So these are all useful for talking about	所以这些都对谈论
34	situations that relate to actions in isolation	与孤立行动有关的情况
35	in their own time.	在他们自己的时间。
36	So the third conditional relates to the past	所以第三个条件与过去有关
37	but mixed conditionals help you to move through time.	但混合条件帮助您穿越时间。
38	So a past action with a present result	因此,过去的行动与当前的结果
39	gets exciting.	变得兴奋。
40	As I mentioned earlier, a key idea	正如我之前提到的一个关键的想法
41	when we use mixed conditionals is time	当我们使用混合条件就是时间
42	but don't confuse time with verb tense.	但别把时间和动词混淆
43	So of course we use different verb tenses	我们当然会用不同的动词
44	to express different times, that's true.	来表达不同的时代,这是真的。
45	But time and tense are not always the same thing.	但时间和紧张并不总是一样的。
46	So if you take a look at a couple of sentences,	所以,如果你看看几个句子,
47	I had a dog when I was a child.	幼时养狗.
48	She was cleaning all day yesterday.	她昨天一整天都在打扫
49	So are these two sentences using the same verb tense?	那么这两个句子使用同样的动词时态吗?
50	This is the past simple	这是过去的简单
51	and this one is the past continuous.	而这个是过去的连续。
52	They're not using the same tense	他们没有用同样的语气
53	but they are referring to the same time, right?	但他们指的是同一时间,对不对?
54	They both take place in the past	都发生在过去
55	so they have the same time reference.	所以他们有同样的时间参考。
56	And like I said earlier,	正如我之前所说,
57	mixed conditionals are conditional sentences	混合条件为有条件的句子
58	that use two different times in them.	他们用两个不同的时间。
59	They help us to move between two times.	它们帮助我们两度移动。
60	So the if clause and the main clause	所以如果条款和主要条款
61	in a mixed conditional sentence	在混合有条件的句子中
62	have different times that work together.	有不同的时间工作在一起。
63	So we take a look at an example.	所以我们看看一个例子。
64	If I had woken up earlier,	如果我早点醒来
65	I wouldn't have missed the bus.	我不会错过公交的
66	So both these clauses take place in the past, right?	所以这两个条款都发生在过去,对吧?
67	I'm talking about this morning,	我说的是今天早上,
68	yesterday morning or some other morning in the past	昨天早上或过去某天早上
69	and the result that I missed the bus	我错过公交车的结果
70	also happened in the past.	也发生在过去。
71	So I already missed the bus, I can't change that now.	所以,我已经错过了公车, 我不能改变现在。
72	So let's change this sentence a little	换句子吧
73	to make it a mixed conditional.	使它成为一个混合条件。
74	To do that, we need one of the clauses	要做到这一点,我们需要一个条款
75	to be in a different time.	在不同的时间。
76	So our if clause is happening in the past, right?	所以,如果我们的条款发生在过去,对不对?
77	So let's make our main clause about the present.	所以,让我们的主要条款关于现在。
78	If I had woken up earlier,	如果我早点醒来
79	I would be at work already.	我已经在工作了
80	I wouldn't have missed the bus	我不会错过巴士的
81	so I would be at work already now in the present.	所以我现在已经在工作了
82	So now we've got a mixed conditional sentence.	所以现在我们得到了一个混合有条件的句子。
83	One clause refers to a past action	有一条提到过去的行动
84	and the other refers to the present.	而另一个则指现在.
85	See?	看到没?
86	It's not as hard as you think once you break it down	破门而入就没那么难
87	but it takes practice so let's keep going.	但是这需要练习,所以让我们继续。
88	There are a few different ways that we can do this.	我们有几种不同的方式可以做到这一点。
89	You can mix and match several tenses and times together	你可以混合和匹配几个紧张和时间在一起
90	to make a mixed conditional sentence	以混合条件判刑
91	but I want to focus on the two most common combinations, right?	但我想专注于两个最常见的组合,对不对?
92	So a past action and a present result	所以过去的行动和现在的结果
93	which is just the example that we just looked at	这只是我们刚刚研究的例子
94	and then a present condition and a past result.	然后是现在的状况和过去的结果。
95	So remember, in both of these sentences,	记住,在这两句里
96	we're talking about something that's unreal.	我们说的是一些不真实的事
97	In the first, we're talking about changing a past action	第一,我们要改变过去的行为
98	and the hypothetical present result that would happen	以及可能发生的假设结果
99	but it can't happen because we can't change the past, right?	但我们不能改变过去对吧?
100	And in the second, we imagine that the present were different.	第二,我们想象现在的情况有所不同。
101	Now it's not but if it were, then how would the past	现在不是了但如果是的话那过去会怎样呢?
102	hypothetically have been different as a result?	假设结果不一样?
103	It's a little confusing, I know.	这有点混乱,我知道。
104	Let's keep going.	让我们继续前进。
105	So to create the first one, we need the past perfect	所以要想创造第一个我们需要完美的过去
106	in the if clause and the present conditional	和当前条件
107	in the main clause.	在主要条款中。
108	So if this thing had happened, then that thing would happen.	因此,如果这件事情发生, 那事情会发生。
109	If I had saved more money, I would own this house.	如果我存了更多的钱,我会拥有这房子。
110	If you hadn't taken that job, we would be travelling together.	如果你不接那份工作我们就会一起旅行
111	If they had paid more attention,	如果他们多加注意
112	they wouldn't be failing in class.	他们不会在课堂上失败的
113	And don't forget that like all conditionals,	别忘了像所有条件一样
114	you can change the order of the if clause and the main clause.	您可以更改条款和主要条款的顺序。
115	This thing would happen if this thing had happened.	如果发生这种事事情就会发生
116	So you can swap the order of the clauses	这样你就可以交换条款的顺序
117	but all of the information is still there.	但所有的信息都还在
118	I would own this house if I had saved more money.	如果我存了更多的钱,我会拥有这房子。
119	We still have a hypothetical past action in the if clause	如果条款中还有假设的过去行动
120	and the hypothetical present result in the main clause.	和假设的当前结果为主要条款。
121	The other common mixed conditional sentence	另一常见的混合条件句
122	is a present condition and a past result.	是一个当前条件和过去的结果。
123	So this is an unreal present condition	所以这是不真实的状态
124	to imagine what the result would have been in the past	想象过去的结果
125	but we'll never really know because this is imaginary, right?	但我们永远不会真正知道因为这是想象,对不对?
126	So imagine if this thing happened,	所以,想象如果这件事情发生,
127	then this would have happened.	那样就会发生
128	Now all right, let's talk about this for a minute	好了,我们谈谈这个
129	because we're talking about a present condition, right?	因为我们是在谈论现在的状况,对吧?
130	But we're using the past simple tense in the if clause	但是,我们用过去简单的紧张条款如果
131	but that's not a real past, right?	但那不是真正的过去对吧?
132	This is how we use the second conditional	这就是我们如何使用第二个条件
133	to express a hypothetical present situation.	以表达一种假设的当前情况。
134	If I were more outgoing, I would have introduced myself.	如果我更离开,我会介绍自己。
135	If he wasn't injured, he would have played the game.	如果他没有受伤,他就会玩游戏.
136	If I wasn't so busy, I would have offered to help.	如果我没这么忙我早就愿意帮忙了
137	Now you can also use this same general form	现在你也可以使用同样的一般形式
138	to talk about a future action	谈论未来的行动
139	and a hypothetical past result.	和假设的过去结果。
140	Now this is pretty advanced	现在,这是相当先进的
141	but you'll see how it can be a useful way	但你会看到它如何成为一个有用的方式
142	of expressing yourself.	表达自己。
143	Just imagine that tomorrow	想象一下明天
144	you had a really important meeting at work,	你有一个非常重要的会议在工作,
145	a meeting that you've planned and you've organised	一个会议,你已经计划,你已经组织
146	and set it up for the future.	并为将来而设.
147	So you can't go out dancing tonight, obviously,	所以你今晚不能出去跳舞很明显
148	because you want to be well-rested	因为你想得到良好的反应
149	and alert for this meeting, your boss is going to be there.	提醒一下,你的老板会去的
150	But if I didn't have an important meeting tomorrow,	但如果我明天没有重要会议
151	I would have gone out dancing.	我会出去跳舞。
152	If she wasn't going on holiday next month,	如果她下个月不去度假的话
153	she would have asked for a day off.	她会要求休息一天。
154	If you weren't going on a big hike tomorrow,	如果你明天不走的话
155	would you have come on a bike ride today?	你今天会骑自行车吗?
156	So how are you feeling about mixed conditionals now?	你现在对混合条件有什么感觉?
157	I always think that it's easier if you focus less	我总觉得如果你少点注意力就容易多了
158	on the complicated grammar tenses	关于复杂的语法时态
159	and more on the relationships with time	更多关于时间的关系
160	and the three most commonly used	和最常用的三个
161	mixed conditional sentences	混合有条件句子
162	are simply a past action with a present result,	只是一个过去的行动,现在的结果,
163	a present condition with a past result	a 具有以往结果的当前条件
164	and a future action and a past result.	以及未来的行动和过去的结果。
165	So now that you know all of this,	所以既然你知道这一切
166	I think it's time that we practise a little together.	我想是时候一起练习了
167	So are you ready to put everything	你准备好把所有东西都放进去了吗?
168	that we've just been through	我们刚刚经历了
169	into practice with a mini quiz?	用小测验练习?
170	Good, I knew that you were.	不错,我知道你是。
171	Let's do it!	开始吧!
172	So I'm going to start by giving you a few	所以我先给你一些
173	if clauses in the past	如果过去的条款
174	and I want you to write your own present results.	我希望你能写出你现在的成果
175	So this is where you've got to be creative,	所以这就是你必须创造的地方
176	come up with your answers	拿出你的答案来
177	and add them into the comments below.	并将其添加到下文的评论中。
178	So for example, if I had got on that plane,	比如说,如果我上了飞机,
179	this is obviously in the past, right?	这显然是过去,对不对?
180	So to make it a mixed conditional,	因此,为了把它作为一个混合条件,
181	we need to bring the results into the present	我们需要把结果带到现在
182	in the main clause.	在主要条款中。
183	So all you have to do is imagine	所以你只需要想象一下
184	what you would be doing now.	你现在会做什么?
185	This is the imaginary present, right?	这是想象中的礼物,对不对?
186	If you had gotten on that plane,	如果你上了飞机
187	you could say I would be in Fiji right now	你可以说我现在在斐济
188	or I'd be sipping champagne and watching movies	或者我会喝香槟看电影
189	or I'd be stuck on a fourteen hour long haul flight.	否则我会被困在14小时长的航班上
190	Whatever!	随便啦!
191	That's the fun of an imaginary situation.	这是想象中的情景的乐趣。
192	So now it's your turn.	现在轮到你了
193	If I had won the lottery,	如果我赢了彩票
194	if she had picked up the phone,	如果她拿起电话,
195	if he hadn't quit his job.	如果他没有辞职的话
196	So right now, I want you to pause the video	现在,我要你暂停录像
197	and finish these sentences.	并完成这些句子。
198	Now I'm going to prompt you with a present if clause	现在我要给你一个礼物如果条款
199	so that means that your main clause	也就是说你的主要条款
200	needs to be something different in the past.	需要改变过去
201	Now just be careful	小心点
202	that you make sure your main clause is in the past	确保您的主要条款是过去
203	so you could correctly write a different time	这样你就能正确写出不同的时间
204	but then it wouldn't be a mixed conditional, right?	但它不会是一个混合条件,对不对?
205	If I were more athletic.	如果我更运动。
206	If she wasn't so tired.	如果她没那么累的话
207	If I was fluent in English.	如果我是流利的英语。
208	So again, pause the video and finish these sentences.	再说一遍,暂停录像完成这些句子。
209	Awesome work!	好样的!
210	Now the last category and you can probably guess	现在最后一个类别,你也许可以猜测
211	where I'm going to go with this.	我将去的地方与这个。
212	I'm going to prompt you with a future if clause	如果条款允许的话,我会让你有未来
213	and you can finish the sentence with a past result	然后用过去的结果完成句子
214	in the main clause.	在主要条款中。
215	If tomorrow wasn't Monday.	如果明天不是星期一的话。
216	If she didn't have an important exam next week.	如果她没参加下周的重要考试
217	If I wasn't moving next month.	如果我下个月不搬家的话
218	Again, pause, take your time to write your sentences out,	再说一遍暂停慢慢写出句子
219	add them into the comments below so I can check them.	在下面的评论中加入它们,以便我检查它们。
220	Grammar lessons like this one can sometimes leave you	这样的文法课有时会离开你
221	feeling like your brain has turned to mush	感觉你的大脑已经变成泥浆
222	but don't let these types of sentences scare you.	但别让这些句子吓到你
223	Just accept that this is going to take some time	接受这需要一些时间
224	to really understand these sentences, how to use them.	要真正理解这些句子, 如何使用它们。
225	Play around with them a little.	和他们玩玩吧
226	Keep the time and the tenses in mind.	记住时间和紧张。
227	Just keep coming back to this lesson	继续上这课
228	and all the conditional videos that I've made for you	和所有有条件的视频我为你制作
229	just to review and remind yourself about the difference	只是为了回顾和提醒自己区别
230	and how to use them and look for these structures.	以及如何使用它们并寻找这些结构。
231	If you're reading a book, highlight the conditional	如果你读一本书, 突出条件
232	sentences that you come across and just pause,	你遇到的句子,只是暂停,
233	think about them for a moment, try to understand	想想看,试着理解
234	how the two clauses relate to each other.	这两条如何相互关联。
235	If you've got any questions at all,	如果你有任何疑问
236	then make sure you ask me down in the comments,	那你一定要在评论中问我
237	share your sentences down there.	分享你下面的句子。
238	I always try to give as much feedback as I can	我总是尽量给更多的反馈
239	and I really hope that this lesson was helpful for you.	我真心希望这课对你很有帮助
240	In fact, if you've got a friend or you know someone	事实上,如果你有朋友或者你认识某人
241	who would also benefit from watching it,	他将因观察它而得益。
242	then make sure you share it with them.	然后确保你和他们分享它。
243	Be a good friend, subscribe to mmmEnglish	做个好朋友,认购英语
244	if you haven't already and I will see you in the next lesson	如果你还没有,我会看到你在下一个课
245	ready and waiting for you right now.	准备好等着你
246	Let's do it!	开始吧!

该视频共有字幕 246 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P16 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p16 15. 15. 英语时态 015 - 过去完成时 (P16)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p16 15. 15. 英语时态 015 - 过去完成时 (P16)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 12:52

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:00	Hey there I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	嘿,我是英国的艾玛!
0:04	Today we're going to focus on the language that you need	今天我们要专注于你需要的语言
0:07	to tell stories in English.	用英语讲故事。
0:09	Now we all tell stories right?	现在我们都讲故事了吧?
0:12	About our day, about our childhood	关于我们的一天关于我们的童年
0:14	or maybe just to laugh at something that happened earlier.	或只是嘲笑之前发生的事情。
0:18	So a really useful tense to help you accurately	所以,一个非常有用的紧张帮助你准确
0:21	tell stories in English is the past perfect.	用英语讲故事是过去的完美。
0:25	Now I know that grammar isn't usually heaps of fun	现在我知道语法通常不好玩
0:28	but we're going to include some pronunciation practice	但我们要包括一些发音练习

展开字幕全文（234 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hey there I'm Emma from mmmEnglish!	嘿,我是英国的艾玛!
2	Today we're going to focus on the language that you need	今天我们要专注于你需要的语言
3	to tell stories in English.	用英语讲故事。
4	Now we all tell stories right?	现在我们都讲故事了吧?
5	About our day, about our childhood	关于我们的一天关于我们的童年
6	or maybe just to laugh at something that happened earlier.	或只是嘲笑之前发生的事情。
7	So a really useful tense to help you accurately	所以,一个非常有用的紧张帮助你准确
8	tell stories in English is the past perfect.	用英语讲故事是过去的完美。
9	Now I know that grammar isn't usually heaps of fun	现在我知道语法通常不好玩
10	but we're going to include some pronunciation practice	但我们要包括一些发音练习
11	and I will make it as fun as I can.	我会尽我所能去玩的
12	As always, I've got a mini quiz at the end	跟往常一样,我还有个小测验
13	to help you practise so make sure you stick around.	帮助你练习确保你留下来。
14	So we use the past perfect to talk about	所以,我们利用过去完美地谈论
15	the past	过去
16	but not just any situation in the past,	但不只是过去的任何情况,
17	we use the past perfect	我们用过去的完美
18	when we're talking about two events that happened	当我们谈论两个事件时
19	in the past and when one event happened	过去和当一个事件发生时
20	before the other event.	在另一个事件之前
21	So it helps you to order the actions in your story.	因此,它帮助你命令行动在你的故事。
22	Think about the past perfect as helping us to create	想想过去完美的帮助我们创造
23	a timeline.	时间表。
24	I had just stepped outside when it started to rain.	下雨的时候我刚走出去
25	So there are two actions here right?	所以这里有两个动作对吧?
26	I stepped outside, it started to rain.	我走出去,开始下雨。
27	Now if I use just the past simple for both of these events,	现在,如果我只是用过去简单为这两个事件,
28	well then we don't know which one happened first right?	那么我们不知道是哪一个先发生的,对吗?
29	All we know is that both events happened in the past.	我们只知道这两件事都是过去发生的。
30	So by using the past perfect in one of those actions,	因此,通过利用过去完美在其中一项行动,
31	I'm letting you know which action happened before the other.	我让你知道在另一个人之前发生了什么
32	I had just stepped outside when it started to rain.	下雨的时候我刚走出去
33	So which one came first?	哪个先来的?
34	I stepped outside and then after it started to rain.	我走到外面,然后在下雨之后。
35	Let's look at a few more examples.	再举几个例子
36	She had just finished her exam when the timer went off.	她刚完成了考试当计时器关闭。
37	So which action happened first?	那么首先发生什么?
38	Did the timer go off first?	计时器先熄灭了吗?
39	Nope, she finished her exam first but only by a little, just.	不,她先完成考试,但只是一点点,只是。
40	And we know this because of the past perfect.	我们知道这一点因为过去完美。
41	I couldn't go out for dinner because I had left my wallet	我不能出去吃饭,因为我留下钱包了
42	at home.	在家的时候
43	So try and imagine the story here, you know, I was	所以试着想象一下这里的故事,你知道,我
44	working and one of my colleagues came up to ask me to	工作,我的一个同事来问我
45	join them for dinner after work	下班后和他们一起吃晚饭
46	but I realised that I didn't have my wallet that day,	但我意识到那天我没有钱包
47	I left it at home.	我把它忘在家里了我把它忘在家里了 I left it at home.
48	So I couldn't go out.	所以我无法出去
49	He had mentioned feeling sick but then they were surprised	他提到感觉不舒服但后来他们很惊讶
50	when he suddenly fainted.	当他突然晕倒的时候。
51	Now that is a great sentence, it's very dramatic.	这是一个伟大的句子,非常戏剧化。
52	He did say that he felt sick and he mentioned it	他说他不舒服,他提到过
53	before he fainted but clearly no one was paying attention	在他晕倒之前但显然没人注意
54	because it was a shock that he fainted.	因为他晕倒了
55	So the past perfect helps our story to unfold over time.	因此,过去的完美帮助我们的故事逐步展开。
56	To create suspense and to create drama.	创造悬念和戏剧.
57	So let's talk about how we make a past perfect sentence	让我们来谈谈我们如何做一个过去完美的句子
58	and it's pretty simple actually as far as English verb	其实就英语动词而言很简单
59	tenses go, especially after all of the conditionals videos	紧张,尤其是所有有条件的视频之后
60	that I've been teaching lately.	我最近一直在教书
61	You've probably already started noticing a pattern.	你可能已经开始注意到一个模式。
62	We create the past perfect by using the verb had,	我们用动词创造了完美的过去
63	the auxiliary verb had followed by our main verb	副动词后面是主动词
64	in past participle form.	以过去的形式。
65	So let's go back and look at those same examples again.	我们再看看这些同样的例子。
66	She had just finished her exam when the timer went off.	她刚完成了考试当计时器关闭。
67	I couldn't go out for dinner because I had left	我不能出去吃饭因为我走了
68	my wallet at home.	我的钱包在家里。
69	He had mentioned feeling sick but then they were surprised	他提到感觉不舒服但后来他们很惊讶
70	when he suddenly fainted.	当他突然晕倒的时候。
71	So I'm going to interrupt our lesson here before we go	所以在出发前我要打断一下我们的课
72	too much further because I want to talk about pronunciation.	更进一步是因为我想谈谈发音
73	Learning to correctly use contractions is going to help you	学会正确使用收缩会帮助你
74	to sound much more natural and much more relaxed as you speak.	听起来更自然更放松当你说话。
75	Had is our auxiliary verb here right and our main verb	我们的辅助动词就在这里和我们的主动词
76	comes after in the past participle form.	以过去的形式出现
77	So auxiliary verbs are grammatical words.	因此辅助动词是语法词.
78	They're usually unstressed and this impacts the way	他们通常不紧张这影响了方式
79	that they are spoken.	他们被说。
80	Auxiliary verbs are usually connected to the subject	辅助动词通常与主题相连
81	in spoken English.	讲英语。
82	So it's really natural to hear I'd instead of I had.	所以,这是非常自然的听到我代替我有。
83	You'd, she'd, he'd, we'd, they'd.	你,她,他,我们,他们。
84	And the trickiest one of all, it'd.	而最狡猾的,它会。
85	It'd been raining all day.	它已经下雨一整天。
86	Now in negative sentences, the auxiliary verb	现在在负句中,辅助动词
87	usually contracts with not.	通常与不签订合同。
88	So you'll hear I hadn't instead of I had not.	所以你会听到我没有,而不是我没有。
89	Or you hadn't instead of you had not.	或者你没有代替你没有。
90	Now remember we don't conjugate the auxiliary verb	现在记住,我们不调用辅助动词
91	when we're using the past perfect right?	当我们利用过去完美的权利?
92	So we use had with she.	所以我们用她。
93	She hadn't.	她没有。
94	It hadn't.	它没有。
95	They hadn't.	他们没有。
96	But you will occasionally hear the contraction	但你偶尔会听到收缩声
97	a little differently.	有点不一样
98	She'd not been there.	她没有去过那里。
99	Or you'd not tasted it.	或者你没有尝过
100	And this is absolutely no problem	这绝对没问题
101	but it's much less common.	但它的常见。
102	It's used less frequently.	使用频率较低.
103	My students often feel really frustrated	我的学生经常觉得很沮丧
104	about these contractions because they're	关于这些收缩因为它们
105	exactly the same contractions as we use for	和我们用的收缩完全一样
106	I would, I'd.	我会,我会。
107	It's annoying I know but the clue is in the main verb	我知道这很烦人但线索在主动词里
108	that follows because with would, it's always followed	因为它总是被遵循
109	by the infinitive verb right?	由无限动词对不对?
110	Had is always followed by the past participle.	总是跟随过去的派对
111	So if you hear I'd go to the beach every day after school,	所以如果你听到我每天放学后都去海滩
112	we know that that's would because the verb go	我们知道那是因为动词
113	is in infinitive form.	以无限形式出现。
114	I'd been at the beach when the storm rolled in.	暴风雨来的时候我在海滩上
115	We know that that's the past perfect because	我们知道那是过去的完美,因为
116	of the verb form that follows.	的动词形式。
117	So as we move through this lessons,	所以,当我们通过这个教训,
118	tune into the way that I'm saying all the examples	照我说的做
119	in the practice sentences.	在练习句。
120	Try to practise out loud with me	跟我练练吧
121	and just get comfortable with it.	慢慢来
122	Alright now let's get back to how the past perfect	好吧,现在让我们回到过去如何完美
123	tense is used because it almost always involves	紧张是因为它几乎总是涉及
124	more than one event or action.	多个事件或动作。
125	So we usually need to know what to do with the other	所以我们通常需要知道如何对待对方
126	event in our sentence right?	发生什么了?
127	So when we use the past perfect in a sentence	所以,当我们用过去完美的句子
128	to show the order of things that happened in the past,	为了显示过去发生的事情的顺序,
129	the first event happens in the past perfect tense.	第一个事件发生在过去完美的紧张。
130	The second event happens in the past simple tense.	第二个事件发生在过去简单的紧张时期。
131	Now interestingly, it doesn't matter which order	有意思的是,这不重要哪个顺序
132	the events are in the sentence.	事件在判决中。
133	It's the tenses that tell us what happened first	是紧张才先告诉我们发生了什么
134	so we could say the past perfect, past simple	所以我们可以说过去完美,过去简单
135	or the past simple and the past perfect.	或过去简单和过去完美。
136	It's the same.	亦复如是.
137	In either of those examples, the past perfect event	其中任何一个例子,过去的完美事件
138	is the one that happened first in time.	是第一个及时发生的
139	I had just smelled smoke when the fire alarm went off.	火警响起时我闻到了烟味
140	Or when the fire alarm went off, I had just smelt smoke.	或者当火灾警报响起时我刚刚闻到了烟味
141	So in both examples, I smelled the smoke first.	因此在这两个例子中,我先闻到烟味.
142	It happened just before the alarm went off.	就在警报响之前
143	I also want to make a special point about adverbs here	我还想说一句副词
144	because we use adverbs like just and really and already.	因为我们使用副词像公正,真正和已经。
145	They're often used in the past perfect tense	他们经常用在过去的完美时态
146	and they go between had and our main verb right?	他们和我们的主动词之间
147	所以我们有,副词,过去participle。
148	Had just finished.	刚刚完成。
149	Had really tried.	已经试过了
150	Had already eaten.	已经吃过了
151	All this is exciting, huh?	这一切都令人兴奋,是吧?
152	It helps us to add more to our story	帮助我们增加故事内容
153	so we use just with the past perfect when one event	所以,我们只是用过去完美当一个事件
154	happens immediately before the other	发生在彼之前
155	so you really want to emphasise that not much time has passed	所以,你真的想强调没有多少时间过去了
156	between the first event and the second event.	在第一次活动与第二次活动之间。
157	He had just got in the shower when he heard a knock at the door.	当他听到敲门声时,他刚刚淋浴。
158	So it was only moments before.	所以只是刚才的事
159	We use already with the past perfect when an event happens early	我们用过去的完美当一个事件发生早期
160	or earlier than expected.	或早于预期。
161	I ran to the supermarket as fast as I could	我尽可能快跑到超市
162	but it had already closed when I got there.	但它已经关闭当我到达那里。
163	Do you want to know one of the most common mistakes	你想知道最常见的错误之一
164	that my students make with this tense?	我的学生用这种紧张的情绪?
165	Can you see what's wrong there?	你能看到哪里不对劲吗?
166	It's the present perfect and you can't use when	这是现在的完美,你不能使用当
167	with the past simple and the present perfect.	与过去简单和现在的完美。
168	We have to use the past perfect.	我们必须用过去的完美。
169	{\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}和过去的派对有过
170	Even when the subject is plural, we still use had okay	就算是复数题,我们还是用得着
171	so don't conjugate the verb, that is a massive mistake	所以别把动词混为一谈这是个很大的错误
172	when you're talking about the past perfect.	当你谈论过去完美。
173	So we've gone through all the details about how to	所以,我们已经研究了所有的细节如何
174	make the past perfect, what you need to remember,	使过去完美, 你需要记住,
175	what you need to do.	你该做什么?
176	Let's practise using it together.	我们一起练习吧
177	I'm really looking forward to hearing some stories	我真的很期待听到一些故事
178	from you guys.	从你们。
179	Quiz time!	查问时间!
180	To kick off our quiz, I'm going to give you	为了开考,我要给你
181	two events or actions up here.	这里有两个事件或行动
182	Both of these events take place in the past	这两件事都是过去发生的
183	so I'll tell you which event happened first	我先告诉你是哪个事件
184	and you'll need to write a sentence correctly	还要写正确句子
185	using the past perfect.	利用过去的完美。
186	So the first event was	所以第一个事件是
187	we heard a strange noise.	我们听到一个奇怪的声音。
188	And the second event was	第二个事件是
189	the lights went out immediately after.	灯光立刻熄灭了
190	Now that part about immediately after is important	紧接着的那部分很重要
191	because you can use an adverb to help explain that.	因为你可以用副词来解释
192	So you might write something like	所以你可以写一些像
193	we had just heard a strange noise	我们刚刚听到一个奇怪的噪音
194	when the lights went out.	当灯光熄灭。
195	Now it's your turn to try so I want you to	现在轮到你试了所以我希望你
196	write your answers in the comments down below this video	在此视频下面的评论中记录您的答案
197	so that I can come down and check them for you,	这样我才能下来帮你检查一下
198	correct them if you need it.	需要的时候纠正它们
199	The first event, I decided to leave.	第一个事件,我决定离开。
200	The second event, the boss called for a meeting.	第二次活动,老板要求开会.
201	The second event was we bought plane tickets.	第二个事件是我们买了机票。
202	The first event, the prices increased	第一个事件,价格上升
203	unexpectedly early.	出乎意料的早点。
204	Last one.	最后一个
205	First event, she looked around for help.	首先,她四处寻找帮助。
206	The second event, a salesperson appeared	第二个事件,一个推销员出现
207	immediately afterwards.	紧接着
208	Awesome work!	好样的!
209	I have got one extra challenge for you.	我有一个额外的挑战给你。
210	If you really want to test your skills,	如果你真的想测试你的技能,
211	see how well you can do,	看看你能怎么样
212	I want you to write a short story for me	我要你给我写个短篇小说
213	about a misadventure that you've had once in the past.	你过去有过的一次意外
214	So I want you to try and use three examples	所以我要你试着用三个例子
215	of the past perfect.	过去完美的。
216	And just so you know, a misadventure is an adventure	告诉你冒险是冒险
217	or a story but something went a little wrong.	或者一个故事,但有些事情出了点问题。
218	Something went not quite right.	事情不太对劲
219	Perhaps it's quite a funny story where you were	也许这是相当有趣的故事你在那里
220	running late, you missed your bus and you got rained on.	迟到了,你错过了你的公交车你被淋了雨。
221	Or maybe it was a frustrating story about losing your keys,	也许这是个令人沮丧的故事关于失去你的钥匙,
222	getting locked out and then missing an important meeting.	被锁在外面然后错过了一个重要会议。
223	I'm really excited to read these stories guys	我真的很兴奋读这些故事的家伙
224	and I'm going to do my best to give you feedback,	我会尽力给你反馈
225	especially if you get your stories written	特别是如果你得到你的故事写
226	in the next couple of days	接下来的几天
227	as soon as this video is released on my channel.	只要这段视频在我频道上发布
228	Thank you for sticking with me through this lesson.	感谢您通过这个课程坚持与我在一起。
229	I hope that it was useful and a little bit of fun.	我希望它有用,并且有一点乐趣。
230	Make sure you subscribe to my channel	确保你订阅我的频道
231	and share this lesson with anyone who you know	与你认识的人分享这个教训
232	needs to practise their grammar a little.	需要练习一下他们的语法。
233	As always, you can join me right here for our next lesson.	跟往常一样,你可以和我一起上下课
234	See you in there!	在那里见!

该视频共有字幕 234 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P17 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p17 16. 16. 英语时态 016 - 如何使用过去完全时态 (P17)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p17 16. 16. 英语时态 016 - 如何使用过去完全时态 (P17)

发布于 2026-07-21 · 时长 18:13

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Welcome back to the mmmEnglish YouTube channel!	欢迎回到英国YouTube频道!
0:09	I'm your coach Emma and today	我是你的教练艾玛和今天
0:11	we're going to focus on the language that you need to tell stories in English	我们要专注于用英语讲故事的语言
0:17	which is a fundamental communication skill, isn't it?	这是一种基本的沟通技巧,不是吗?
0:21	When we tell stories	当我们讲故事
0:22	whether they're based on real experiences or they're made-up stories	无论是根据真实的经验还是编造的故事
0:27	to entertain others, we're usually talking about something that happened in	为了娱乐他人我们通常在谈论发生在
0:31	the past, a past event.	过去,一个过去的事件。
0:35	So knowing how to accurately use the past tenses is really	所以,知道如何准确使用过去紧张是真正的
0:40	useful but it's also going to help you to tell stories in an interesting and	但也会帮助你讲故事以有趣的,

展开字幕全文（293 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Welcome back to the mmmEnglish YouTube channel!	欢迎回到英国YouTube频道!
2	I'm your coach Emma and today	我是你的教练艾玛和今天
3	we're going to focus on the language that you need to tell stories in English	我们要专注于用英语讲故事的语言
4	which is a fundamental communication skill, isn't it?	这是一种基本的沟通技巧,不是吗?
5	When we tell stories	当我们讲故事
6	whether they're based on real experiences or they're made-up stories	无论是根据真实的经验还是编造的故事
7	to entertain others, we're usually talking about something that happened in	为了娱乐他人我们通常在谈论发生在
8	the past, a past event.	过去,一个过去的事件。
9	So knowing how to accurately use the past tenses is really	所以,知道如何准确使用过去紧张是真正的
10	useful but it's also going to help you to tell stories in an interesting and	但也会帮助你讲故事以有趣的,
11	engaging way.	作战方式。
12	You might have seen narrative tenses in English textbooks so	你可能看到英语教科书中的叙事语气
13	this refers to verb tenses that are used to talk about the past and help you to	这是指用来谈论过去和帮助你
14	tell a story.	说一个故事。
15	So in this lesson today, we are going to take a close look at the	所以在今天的这一课中,我们将仔细研究一下
16	past perfect continuous and of course, I'm going to share the similarities and	我当然要分享相似之处
17	differences between this tense and the past perfect because they're kind of	这种紧张和过去之间的区别是完美的,因为它们是种
18	similar.	类似。
19	Even though this is a grammar lesson, we're going to do some	虽然这是个文法课,但我们还是要做一些
20	pronunciation practice and have some fun along the way and make sure you stick	发音练习,一路玩,确保你坚持
21	with me to the end.	与我为终.
22	I've got a mini quiz to help you practice everything you	我有一个小测验帮助你练习你的一切
23	learn in this lesson.	学习这个教训。
24	Let's get to it!	让我们开始吧!
25	Before we get started today, I'd like to	在我们今天开始之前,我想
26	give a little shout out to our good friends at Lingoda who are huge	给我们在林高达的好朋友大喊一声
27	supporters of the mmmEnglish channel and without them, this lesson just wouldn't	支持Mmmm英语频道,没有他们, 这个教训只是不会
28	be possible.	也许吧
29	Now there are a lot of language schools in the world today but	现在世界上有很多语言学校
30	Lingoda is the one that I choose to recommend for you because their	Lingoda是我选择推荐给你的因为他们
31	platform, their lessons and their teachers create an excellent language	他们的课和老师创造了一种优秀的语言
32	learning experience.	学习经验。
33	One where you get to interact and learn with real people but	一个你可以和真人互动学习的地方
34	everything happens online in a really structured, organised way.	所有事情都以组织有序的方式在网上发生
35	The flexibility	灵活性
36	is a huge plus.	是一个巨大的附加。
37	You can join private classes and small group classes 24 hours	您可24小时参加私人班和小组班
38	a day, seven days a week and you can attend from anywhere as long as you've	每周七天一天,只要有时间你就可以从任何地方参加
39	got a solid internet connection.	互联网连接很可靠
40	Their online platform is easy to use and	他们的在线平台很容易使用,
41	they've got native teachers available not only for English and business	他们不仅有英语和商学院的本地教师
42	English but for German, French and Spanish as well.	英语,但德语、法语和西班牙语也是如此。
43	And with group classes	还有团体班
44	costing just eight euros a class, I think they offer exceptional value for money too.	成本只有8欧元一班, 我认为它们也提供了非凡的金钱价值。
45	Now Lingoda offer plenty of options to suit your learning goals and your	现在Lingoda为适应你的学习目标和
46	availability including the chance to experience their classes for seven days	机会,包括学习七天的机会
47	absolutely free before you commit to regular study with them.	在你承诺跟他们一起学习之前绝对是免费的
48	Now if this	现在,如果这个
49	sounds like something you'd be interested in, make sure you check out	听起来像是你感兴趣的东西, 确保你退房
50	the link down in the description below.	下面描述的链接。
51	I'm also going to add the link to their	我还打算加入他们的链接
52	Instagram feed as well because that's where you can find some real stories	还有Instagram的饲料因为在那里你可以找到一些真实的故事
53	about students of Lingoda including me.	包括我在内
54	And if you do decide to jump in and try	如果你真的决定跳进去试试
55	out Lingoda, make sure you use this code right here which is going to give you a	出林高达,确保你使用这个代码在这里,它会给你一个
56	super cool 20 euro discount on your first month which is definitely a great	超级酷20欧元优惠你的第一个月这绝对是一个伟大的
57	way to get started in 2021.	从2021年开始
58	Now narrative tenses, like I said earlier, is	就像我之前说过的叙事紧张是
59	just another way to talk about the past tenses and so they include the past	只是另一种谈论过去时局的方式所以包括过去
60	simple, the past continuous, the past perfect and the past perfect continuous.	简单,过去持续,过去完美,过去完美持续。
61	And a narrative is a spoken or a written account of connected events, a story and	叙述是相关事件的口头或书面陈述
62	these tenses help us to give accurate information about how and when events	这些紧张的情绪帮助我们提供准确的信息如何和何时发生
63	happened in the past so the past perfect continuous gives us very specific	过去发生过,所以过去的完美持续给我们非常具体
64	information about the state of the action.	关于动作状态的信息。
65	And when I say state, I'm talking	当我说州,我说话
66	about whether or not that action or that event has started, if it was in progress	如果行动或事件正在进行,是否已经开始
67	or it was complete at a particular moment in the past.	或者它在过去的某一时刻是完整的。
68	So it helps us to	所以,它帮助我们
69	order our stories but it'll be much easier if I show you an example so that	命令我们的故事但如果我给你举个例子那样就容易多了
70	you can see what I'm talking about.	你可以看到我在说什么。
71	Last week I went for a bike ride.	上周我去骑自行车了
72	I saw my friend Paul.	我看到我的朋友保罗。
73	So these two sentences are both written in the past simple, aren't they?	所以这两句都写在过去的简单,不是吗?
74	They're completed actions, they're finished.	动作完成,动作完成.
75	When we put them on a timeline, we can see that they both took place at some	当我们把它们放在一个时间线上, 我们可以看到,他们都发生在一些
76	point in the past but we don't know when or which one happened first, do we?	说到过去但我们不知道是什么时候还是哪一个
77	So by using a combination of narrative tenses, we can be more precise about how	因此,通过综合使用叙事时态,我们可以更精确地说明
78	and when these actions took place.	以及当这些行动发生时。
79	So if we use the past perfect continuous,	所以,如果我们利用过去完美的连续,
80	we're going to bring our story to life.	我们要给我们的故事带来生命
81	I had been riding my bike when I saw my friend Paul.	见到我朋友保罗时我骑自行车
82	So when I put one of these actions into the past perfect continuous,	所以当我把其中一项行动放到过去完美的连续,
83	it becomes really clear that the bike riding started before I met Paul	很明显的是骑自行车是在我遇见保罗之前开始的
84	and at the moment in time when I met Paul, the bike riding was incomplete.	此时此刻,我遇见保罗时, 自行车骑术是不完整的。
85	I hadn't finished riding my bike when I saw Paul.	我见到保罗时还没骑完自行车
86	So the past perfect continuous describes an event,	所以过去完美的连续描述一个事件,
87	an event that started before a particular moment in time	在某一时刻之前开始的事件
88	and it was still in progress at that time in the past.	而在那个时候,它仍在发展之中。
89	Let's look at another example.	再举个例子
90	She had been working in the garden when it started to rain.	她一直在花园工作当它开始下雨。
91	So at that moment, at the moment it started to rain,	因此,在那一刻, 当它开始下雨,
92	what was the state of the action working?	行动状态如何?
93	Had she finished working in the garden?	她在花园工作完了吗?
94	No!	没有!
95	When the rain started, the gardening or working in the garden was incomplete.	雨开始后,园艺或园艺工作尚未完成.
96	There was still more work to be done.	还有更多的工作要做。
97	It wasn't finished.	它没有完成。
98	Now if you've been paying attention, you've probably already noticed	如果你一直注意, 你可能已经注意到
99	what goes into a past perfect continuous sentence.	如何进入过去完美的连续句子。
100	They use the auxiliary verbs had and been along with the main verb which is in ing form.	它们使用辅助动词已经并且一直与以ing形式出现的主要动词一致.
101	Let's just go back to those original examples.	让我们回到最初的例子。
102	I had been riding my bike when I saw my friend Paul.	见到我朋友保罗时我骑自行车
103	She had been working in the garden when it started to rain.	她一直在花园工作当它开始下雨。
104	Now you can create negative sentences by putting not between had and been.	现在,你可以通过在以前和以前之间加上负面的句子。
105	Had not been.	一直没有。
106	I had not been riding my bike.	我没有骑自行车。
107	She hadn't been working in the garden.	她没有在花园工作
108	So before we go any further, why don't you take a moment just to write	所以在我们继续之前你何不花点时间写信
109	a few sentences with this tense just to practise the structure.	几个句子与这种紧张只是练习的结构。
110	Add them down into the comments below.	把它们添加到下面的评论中。
111	I'll be down there to review them and give a little bit of help if you need it.	我会去审查一下如果你需要的话我会给点帮助
112	And before we go any further in this lesson, I want to take a few moments	在继续上课之前我想花点时间
113	to focus on your pronunciation to make sure that	关注您的读音以确保
114	when you are using this tense, you're sounding natural and relaxed	当你使用这种紧张, 你听起来自然和放松
115	just like me or any other native English speaker.	就像我或其他英语母语
116	And using contractions with the past perfect continuous	利用过去完美连续的收缩
117	is definitely going to help.	肯定会有所帮助
118	Now if you've watched my lesson about auxiliary verbs	现在,如果你已经看我的课关于辅助动词
119	which is the main verb in the past perfect continuous,	这是过去最完美的连续动词
120	which is up here if you need it,	如果你需要的话,它就在这里
121	you'll know that auxiliary verbs are usually unstressed	你会知道辅助动词通常不紧张
122	and it changes the way that they are spoken.	它改变了他们说话的方式。
123	They're usually connected to the subject in spoken English	他们通常用英语与话题相连
124	and that makes a contraction.	而这会使收缩。
125	In a past perfect continuous sentence, there are two auxiliary verbs,	在过去的完美连续句子中,有两个辅助动词,
126	had and been but had is the one that is contracted to the subject.	曾经是,过去是,过去是,但过去是,过去是,过去是,但过去是,现在却是,现在却是,这是与当事人订约的。
127	So it's very natural to say I'd instead of I had.	所以说我会代替我做很自然
128	You'd instead of you had.	换成是你
129	She'd, he'd, we'd, they'd and the trickiest one, it'd.	她,他,我们,他们, 和最狡猾的,它。
130	It'd.	它会。
131	Try it.	试试
132	It'd been raining all day.	它已经下雨一整天。
133	Now the verb been is also an auxiliary verb	现在动词也是辅助动词
134	and although it doesn't get contracted in the same way that had does,	虽然它不像以前那样被承包
135	it's also unstressed in spoken English	也用英语来表达
136	so you won't really hear people saying been, they had been here.	所以你不会真的听到有人说,他们曾经在这里。
137	What you'll actually hear is been	你会听到的是
138	with a short vowel sound.	带有短元音的声音.
139	I'd been doing the shopping.	我在购物
140	You'd been listening to music.	你一直在听音乐。
141	He'd been cooking.	他在做饭
142	It had been raining.	它一直在下雨。
143	You get the idea.	你得到这个想法。
144	Usually at this point, I'd continue on and show you	通常这个时候,我会继续给你看
145	how all of these contractions sound in the negative form as well	所有这些收缩听起来也是负面的
146	but I've got something that might come as a bit of a surprise.	但我有东西可能会有点惊讶
147	The past perfect continuous is actually not very common in spoken English.	过去的完美连续实际上在口语英语中并不常见.
148	It just sounds quite formal in spoken language.	用口语来说听起来很正式
149	Maybe it's all of those auxiliary verbs.	也许是所有的辅助动词
150	So you'll often hear people using the past continuous	所以,你经常听到人们使用过去连续
151	just to sound a little bit more natural.	听起来更自然一点
152	Now if you really want to get some pronunciation practice	现在,如果你真的想要一些发音练习
153	with past perfect contractions,	随着过去的完美收缩,
154	you can check out this lesson up here where I go into it in a lot more detail.	你可以看看这里的教训我更详细地讲
155	Okay so let's talk about some of the most common mistakes	好吧,让我们谈谈一些最常见的错误
156	that my students are making with this tense	我的学生们正在用这种紧张情绪
157	and actually there are two of them.	并且实际上有两个。
158	The first one is using verbs that can't be used in the continuous tense.	第一种是使用连续时态中无法使用的动词.
159	Yeah not all verbs can be used in the continuous tense	是的,不是所有的动词都可以在持续时态中使用
160	like this sentence here.	就像这句
161	Something's not quite right about it.	有点不对劲
162	The verb see, just like other verbs of the senses like taste and smell,	动词所见,与感官的其他动词一样,如味觉和嗅觉,
163	these are stative verbs and stative verbs describe a state of being	这些是静态动词和静态动词描述一种状态
164	rather than an action and usually they can't be used in the continuous tense.	而不是一种动作,而且通常它们不能用于持续的紧张状态.
165	This sentence is going to sound so much better if we use an action verb instead.	如果我们用动作动词来代替,这句话听起来会好得多。
166	I'd been watching the waves when I bumped into Paul.	我撞到保罗时一直在看波浪
167	Or if you really want to use the verb see, then just switch the tense.	或者如果你真的想用动词看见,那么就切换时态.
168	I saw the waves crashing into the shore and later I bumped into Paul.	我看见海浪冲向岸边后来撞上保罗
169	The second mistake that I see my students making all of the time is this one.	我看见我的学生们总是犯第二个错误就是这个
170	She has been working in the garden when it started to rain.	她一直在花园工作当它开始下雨。
171	Can you see what's wrong with this one?	你能看到这个有什么问题吗?
172	This is the present perfect continuous.	这是目前完美的连续。
173	The past perfect uses had.	过去完美的用途有。
174	No matter what the subject is, we use had in the past perfect.	不管主题是什么,我们过去用过的完美。
175	You're used to conjugating verbs for the third person singular subjects in English.	你习惯于为英语中的第三人称单数学科编译动词.
176	She, he and it but not with the past perfect.	她,他和它,但不是与过去完美。
177	You only use had no matter what the subject.	你只用它不管主题是什么
178	You're probably feeling pretty confident with this tense by now	你可能现在对这种紧张很有信心
179	but you might be wondering well how is this tense different	不过你也许很想知道这紧张有什么不同
180	from the past perfect simple?	从过去的完美简单?
181	Well there are three ways to compare these two tenses	那么,有三种方法比较这两个紧张
182	and I'm going to go through it right now.	我现在就要经历这一切
183	Are you ready?	你准备好了吗?
184	The first difference to remember is that the past perfect shows a completed action	记住的第一个区别是过去完美地展现了完成的动作
185	whereas the past perfect continuous shows an incomplete action.	而过去的完美连续显示一个不完整的行动。
186	We had just been for a bike ride when we bumped into Paul	我们刚撞上保罗时正在骑自行车
187	or we could also say we had been riding our bikes when we bumped into Paul.	或者我们也可以说我们撞到保罗时一直在骑自行车
188	So in the first example, we're using the past perfect simple	所以,在第一个例子中,我们利用过去完美的简单
189	to explain that the bike ride was complete when we met Paul.	来解释我们遇见保罗时自行车的骑行已经完成
190	We're not riding anymore, the ride is over.	我们不再骑了骑车结束了
191	But in the second example, the past perfect continuous	但是在第二个例子中,过去的完美持续
192	tells us that the bike ride is still in progress.	告诉我们,自行车骑行仍在进行中。
193	It's an incomplete action.	这是一个不完整的动作。
194	Is that clear?	明白了吗?
195	Good.	不错
196	However, both of these tenses can actually express a completed action	然而,这两种紧张状态实际上都能够表达完成的行动
197	especially when we're using them with the adverbs for and since	特别是当我们用它们副词为和以后
198	which is really common in perfect tenses, isn't it?	这在完美的紧张中是很常见的,不是吗?
199	Let's have a look at an example.	举个例子吧
200	I had been cleaning for hours to prepare for the party.	我打扫了好几个小时准备派对
201	Or we could say I had cleaned for hours to prepare for the party.	或者我们可以说我清理了好几个小时准备派对
202	The meaning is almost the same in both sentences	两个句子的意思几乎一样
203	but the emphasis shifts just ever so slightly	但重点转移刚刚如此轻微
204	because the past perfect continuous	因为过去的完美持续
205	helps us to emphasise the duration or the length of the action.	帮助我们强调行动的持续时间或时间。
206	You know, I spent a long time cleaning and now finally the house is clean.	你知道,我花了很长时间清洁,现在终于房子是干净的。
207	The past perfect sentence emphasises that the action is complete.	过去的完美句子强调动作完成.
208	So I've finished cleaning and as a result, the house is ready for the party.	所以我已经打扫完,因此,房子已经准备好了派对.
209	Now in reality, in many situations you can use either the past perfect	现在,在现实中,在很多情况下, 你可以使用要么过去完美
210	or the past perfect continuous	或过去完美连续
211	and it's just that subtle difference in meaning	它只是微妙的区别意义
212	that makes your sentences a little more powerful.	让你的句子更有力一点
213	Now the third difference that you need to be aware of	现在你需要意识到的第三个区别
214	is about how that action is viewed.	是关于如何看待这一行动。
215	Is it a temporary action or is it a permanent one?	这是一项临时行动还是一项永久行动?
216	He had lived in London for five years.	他在伦敦住了五年。
217	Now in that sentence, we view the action as being permanent	在这句话中,我们把行动视为永久的
218	using the past perfect	利用过去的完美
219	but compare that to he had been living in London for five years.	但比起他在伦敦住了五年
220	Now in that sentence, we view the action as being temporary.	在这句话中,我们认为这一行动是临时性的。
221	So subtle.	如此细微.
222	It's not the meaning of the sentence that changes.	非是句义变化.
223	Both of those sentences are correct.	这两句话都是正确的。
224	There's just a teeny tiny shift in the way that we view the action	我们只是有点小的转变我们看待行动的方式
225	whether it's temporary or it's permanent.	无论是暂时的还是永久的。
226	Let me give you another example.	让我举另一个例子。
227	My brother had been working in a restaurant for two years	我哥哥在餐馆工作了两年
228	when he decided to study medicine.	当他决定学习医学。
229	So I'm using the past perfect continuous here	所以我用过去的完美连续
230	because I think of that job as being temporary.	因为我认为这份工作是临时性的
231	Now on the other hand, my brother would say	另一方面,我哥哥会说
232	I had worked in the restaurant industry for two years	我在餐馆工作了两年
233	before I started studying medicine.	在我开始学习医学之前
234	So he's using the past perfect because he viewed that action,	所以他利用过去完美因为他看到了这个动作,
235	that work as being permanent.	工作是永远的。
236	He thought that that career would be a permanent one	他认为那将是一个永久的事业
237	in the restaurant industry.	在餐馆行业。
238	So you can see that there isn't always a right or a wrong answer.	所以,你可以看到,不是总有一个对或错的答案。
239	Sometimes it just comes down to emphasis or perception	有时候它只是下来强调或感知
240	and the way that you choose to communicate your story.	以及你选择的沟通方式
241	The way that you choose to express something	你选择的表达方式
242	might actually be different to the way that someone else does	可能和别人的做法不一样
243	and that's okay.	没关系
244	Alright I think it's time for a quiz now.	好了,我想是时候试了
245	We've gone through how to accurately use	我们研究了如何准确使用
246	the past perfect continuous tense.	过去完美的持续紧张。
247	Now let's practise actually using it together.	现在让我们一起练习
248	I'm going to give you two events or two actions	我要给你两件事情
249	and both of these things have taken place in the past.	这两件事都发生在过去
250	So all you need to do is join them together into one sentence	所以,你只需要把他们合在一起在一个句子
251	and make sure you use the past perfect continuous.	并确保你使用过去完美的连续。
252	So for example, the first event is we played football.	举个例子,第一个活动就是我们踢足球。
253	This is the thing that was happening first	事情是先发生的
254	but then something else happened.	但后来又发生了一些事情。
255	It started to rain.	它开始下雨。
256	So your answer could be we had been playing football	所以你的答案可能是我们一直在踢足球
257	when it started to rain.	当它开始下雨。
258	Okay so now it's your turn to write these sentences.	现在轮到你写这些句子了
259	I want you to write them down in the comments below	我要你在下面的评论中记下来
260	so I can come down and check them for you,	所以我可以下来帮你检查一下
261	give you some feedback if you need them.	如果需要,请提供反馈。
262	I'm not going to go through the answers in this video.	我不会看这段视频里的答案
263	So the first event, we waited for the bus for an hour	第一次,我们等巴士一小时
264	and the second event, the bus finally arrived.	第二场比赛,巴士终于到了
265	Hit pause if you need to, write your sentence down below.	需要暂停的话,请在下面写下句子。
266	Okay try this one.	好吧,试试这个。
267	He worked at the supermarket for a long time.	他在超市工作了很长时间.
268	One day, he became the manager.	一天,他成为经理.
269	They spent the whole afternoon cooking	他们整个下午都在做饭
270	but the dinner guests cancelled.	但晚饭客人取消了
271	So how did you do?	你怎么样?
272	I hope that this lesson has helped to make	我希望这一教训有助于
273	the past perfect continuous a little clearer	过去完美连续更清晰一点
274	and hopefully you feel a bit more comfortable using it now.	并且希望你现在用它会更舒服一点
275	{\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}这是你练功的又一个绝妙方法 {\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}
276	and become more familiar with this tense	更熟悉这种紧张
277	is through your writing.	通过你的写作。
278	Even if it's as simple and mundane as writing about	即使它像写作一样简单和普通
279	what you did during the day,	你白天的行为,
280	it's an awesome opportunity to practise using narrative tenses	这是利用叙事语气练习的绝佳机会
281	to help you accurately tell the story of your day	帮助你准确讲述你今天的故事
282	in order so that it's clear when and how these events	为了让事情明朗时间和方式
283	happened in relation to each other.	发生在彼此之间
284	If you haven't already subscribed to the channel yet,	如果你还没有订阅频道,
285	make sure you do.	确保你这样做。
286	Turn on notifications so that you know	打开通知让你知道
287	as soon as I've got a new lesson ready for you.	等我给你准备了新课
288	I've got some really great grammar lessons coming up	我有些很棒的语法课要上
289	that are going to help you to improve your accuracy	帮助你提高准确度
290	over the next several weeks.	接下来的几周
291	I'll be back next week with a brand new lesson	我下周再来上课
292	but while you're waiting, why not check out this one right here?	但是,当你等待, 为什么不检查这个在这里?
293	I'll see you in there.	曰见那里.

该视频共有字幕 293 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

下载安装

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提

剧集目录

P1 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p01 1. 1. 英语时态001：Grammar Test - 过去式 (P1)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p01 1. 1. 英语时态001：Grammar Test - 过去式 (P1)

P3 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p03 2. 2. 英语时态002：条件句 (P3)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p03 2. 2. 英语时态002：条件句 (P3)

P4 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p04 3. 3. 英语时态003：完善您的英语语法 动词状态 连续时态 (P4)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p04 3. 3. 英语时态003：完善您的英语语法 动词状态 连续时态 (P4)

P5 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p05 4. 4. 英语时态004：不规则英语动词 过去分词形式 (P5)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p05 4. 4. 英语时态004：不规则英语动词 过去分词形式 (P5)

P6 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p06 5. 5. 英语时态005：现在完成时 (P6)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p06 5. 5. 英语时态005：现在完成时 (P6)

P7 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p07 6. 6. 英语时态 006 - 提高语法的技巧！ 英语助动词 be do have (P7)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p07 6. 6. 英语时态 006 - 提高语法的技巧！ 英语助动词 be do have (P7)

P8 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p08 7. 7. 英语时态 007 - 情态动词 (P8)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p08 7. 7. 英语时态 007 - 情态动词 (P8)

P9 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p09 8. 8. 英语时态 008 - 动名词 (P9)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p09 8. 8. 英语时态 008 - 动名词 (P9)

P10 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p10 9. 9. 英语时态 009 - 如何使用动名词 (P10)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p10 9. 9. 英语时态 009 - 如何使用动名词 (P10)

P11 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p11 10. 10. 英语时态 010 - 你不断犯的常见英语错误的语法错误 (P11)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p11 10. 10. 英语时态 010 - 你不断犯的常见英语错误的语法错误 (P11)

P12 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p12 11. 11. 英语时态 011 - 使用which， that 常见错误 (P12)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p12 11. 11. 英语时态 011 - 使用which， that 常见错误 (P12)

P13 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p13 12. 12. 英语时态 012 - 第二条件句示例英语语法课 (P13)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p13 12. 12. 英语时态 012 - 第二条件句示例英语语法课 (P13)

P14 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p14 13. 13. 英语时态 013 - 第三条件句示例英语语法课 (P14)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p14 13. 13. 英语时态 013 - 第三条件句示例英语语法课 (P14)

P15 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p15 14. 14. 英语时态 014 - 混合条件英语语法示例练习 (P15)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p15 14. 14. 英语时态 014 - 混合条件英语语法示例练习 (P15)

P16 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p16 15. 15. 英语时态 015 - 过去完成时 (P16)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p16 15. 15. 英语时态 015 - 过去完成时 (P16)

P17 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p17 16. 16. 英语时态 016 - 如何使用过去完全时态 (P17)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p17 16. 16. 英语时态 016 - 如何使用过去完全时态 (P17)

P4 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p04 3. 3. 英语时态003：完善您的英语语法动词状态连续时态 (P4)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p04 3. 3. 英语时态003：完善您的英语语法动词状态连续时态 (P4)

P5 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p05 4. 4. 英语时态004：不规则英语动词过去分词形式 (P5)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p05 4. 4. 英语时态004：不规则英语动词过去分词形式 (P5)

P7 · 【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p07 6. 6. 英语时态 006 - 提高语法的技巧！英语助动词 be do have (P7)

【16集全】油管百万级博主英语教学 # 沉浸式英语学习快速提升词汇量、口语、听力，刷完词汇量暴涨10000+ p07 6. 6. 英语时态 006 - 提高语法的技巧！英语助动词 be do have (P7)